John Deere 310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders

Transcription

310J and 310SJ
Backhoe Loader
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders
OMT210365 Issue J8 (ENGLISH)
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.
If this product contains a gasoline engine:
WARNING
The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
The State of California requires the above two warnings.
Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
This manual and safety signs on your machine may
also be available in other languages. (See your John
Deere dealer to order.)
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a
permanent part of your machine and should remain
with the machine when you sell it.
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch
wrench.
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined
by facing in the direction of forward travel.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately
record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine
should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these
numbers when you order parts. File the identification
numbers in a secure place off the machine.
WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
support program for customers who operate and
maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
which you should have received from your dealer.
This warranty provides you the assurance that John
Deere will back its products where defects appear
within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
John Deere also provides field improvements, often
without charge to the customer, even if the product is
out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
modified to change its performance beyond the original
factory specifications, the warranty will become void
and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied with
your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
DX,IFC7 –19–16NOV01–1/1
IMPORTANT
Warranty will not apply to engine and drivetrain failures
resulting from unauthorized adjustments to this engine.
Unauthorized adjustments are in violation of the emissions
regulations applicable to this engine and may result in
substantial fines and penalties.
VD76477,000104D –19–13JUN07–1/1
101008
PN=2
Introduction
Emission Control Statement
EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR
NEW JOHN DEERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (U.S. AND CANADA)
To determine if the engine in your machine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Engine Information"
label located on your engine. If you reside in the United States and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to
US EPA regulations on heavy duty non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "U.S. Emission Control Warranty
Statement." If you reside in California, and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to California regulations on heavy duty
non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement."
U.S. EPA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and John Deere are
pleased to explain the emission control system on your new
engine. In California, new heavy-duty engines must be designed,
built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog
standards. John Deere must warrant the emission control system
on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there
has been no abuse, neglect, or improper maintenance of your
machine.
Your emissions control system includes:
Fuel Metering System
Fuel Injection System
Air Induction System
Intake Manifold
Turbocharger System
Charge Air Cooling System
Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems
Where a warrantable condition exists, i.e. failure due to defect in
John Deere-supplied material and/or workmanship, John Deere
will repair your heavy-duty engine at no cost to you including
diagnosis, parts and labor
JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:
The emission control system of your heavy-duty engine is
warranted for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever
occurs first. If any emission-related part on your engine is
defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by John Deere.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine
warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is
provided separately as the "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For
New Construction Products."
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:
As the heavy-duty engine owner, you are responsible for the
performance of the required maintenance as outlined in the
However, as the heavy-duty engine owner, you should be aware
that John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your heavyduty engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper
maintenance or unapproved modifications.
Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use of
any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in
compliance with California's emissions requirements.
You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The CARB
suggests that you present your machine to the nearest authorized
John Deere dealer as soon as a problem is suspected. The
warranty repairs should be completed by the service dealer as
expeditiously as possible.
If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and
responsibilities, you should contact John Deere at 1-319-2925400, or the State of California Air Resources Board, Mobile Source
Operation Division, PO Box 8001, El Monte, CA 91731-2900
The warranty period begins on the date the machine is delivered
to an ultimate purchaser, or when otherwise put into service.
John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each
subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built and
equipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adopted
by the Air Resources Board, and that it is free from defects in
materials and workmanship which would cause the failure of a
warranted part.
Any warranted part which is scheduled for replacement as
required maintenance by the operator's manual is warranted by
John Deere for the period of time prior to the first scheduled
replacement point for that part. If the part fails prior to the first
scheduled replacement point, the part shall be repaired or
replaced under warranty. Any such part repaired or replaced
under warranty is warranted for the remainder of the period prior
to the first scheduled replacement point for that part.
Any warranted part which is not scheduled for replacement as
required maintenance, or which is scheduled only for regular
inspection to the effect of repairing or replacing as necessary, is
warranted for the warranty period.
Repair or replacement of a warranted part will be performed at no
charge to you by an authorized John Deere dealer. You will not
be charged for diagnostic labor which leads to the determination
that a warranted part is defective, if the diagnostic work is
performed by a John Deere dealer.
John Deere is liable for damages to other engine components
caused by failure under warranty of any warranted part.
John Deere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on extended
emissions warranty service calls.
Any replacement part may be used in the performance of any
maintenance or repairs, and such use will not reduce the warranty
obligations of John Deere. However, the use of add-on or
modified parts are grounds for disallowing a warranty claim.
–19–28JUN00
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine
warranty, less emisions-related parts and components, is
provided separately as "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For New
Construction Products."
Operator's Manual. John Deere recommends that you retain all
receipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty engine, but
John Deere cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts
or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled
maintenance.
T132126
Emissions control-related parts and components are warranted
by John Deere for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever
occurs first. John Deere further warrants that the engine covered
by this warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as to
conform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions standards at
the time of manufacture, and that it is free of defects in materials
and workmanship which would cause it not to meet these
standards within the period of five years or 3000 hours of
operations, whichever occurs first.
OUO1065,000006C –19–08JAN08–1/1
101008
PN=3
Introduction
Technical Information Feedback Form
We need your help to continually improve our technical
publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your
comments, ideas and improvements.
SEND TO:
John Deere Dubuque Works
P.O. Box 538
Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 303
Dubuque, IA 52004-0538
FAX NUMBER:
563-589-5800
Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this publication? (Check one)
Poor
1
Fair
2
3
Good
4
5
Very Good
6
7
Excellent
8
9
10
Company Name:
Technician Name:
Address:
Phone:
Fax No.:
Dealer Acct. No.:
THANK YOU!
TX,TM,FAX –19–03JUL01–1/1
101008
PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences
Safety and Operator Convenience Features . . . 1-1-1
Make Welding Repairs Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Drive Metal Pins Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-4
Safety—General Precautions
Recognize Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Follow Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operate Only If Qualified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wear Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications. . . .
Inspect Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stay Clear of Moving Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid High-Pressure Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beware of Exhaust Fumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prevent Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prevent Battery Explosions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Chemical Products Safely. . . . . . . . . . .
Dispose of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepare for Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety—Operating Precautions
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly . . . . . . . . .
Start Only From Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . .
Use and Maintain Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement . . . . .
Prevent Unintended Machine
Movement—If Equipped With Pilot
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid Work Site Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid Backover Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid Machine Tipover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add and Operate Attachments Safely. . . . . . . .
Use Special Care When Operating. . . . . . . . . .
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads . . . . .
Inspect and Maintain ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prevent Unintended Detonation of
Explosive Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2-1
1-2-1
1-2-2
1-2-2
1-2-2
1-2-3
1-2-3
1-2-3
1-2-4
1-2-4
1-2-5
1-2-5
1-2-6
1-2-6
1-2-6
Safety—Safety Signs
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3
Operation—Operator’s Station
Pedals and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Standard Display Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Anti-Theft Security System Configuration . . . . . 2-1-5
Anti-Theft Security System Operation . . . . . . . 2-1-11
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—
Normal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main
Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Menu—Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Menu—Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-18
Menu—Job Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-19
Right-Side Console Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Controls—Steering Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23
Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Engine Speed Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-25
Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Controls—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-25
Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Adjusting Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-4
1-3-4
1-3-5
1-3-5
1-3-6
1-3-6
1-3-7
1-3-7
Safety—Maintenance Precautions
Park and Prepare for Service Safely . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Service Cooling System Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . . . 1-4-2
Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on
the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2008
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  2007
i
101008
PN=1
Contents
Page
Page
Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped . . . . . 2-1-29
12-Volt Accessory Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30
Biodiesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Testing Diesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6
Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals . . 3-1-7
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical
Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11
Operation—Operating The Machine
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2
Engine Break-in Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3
Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4
Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6
Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-10
Driving the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-11
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-13
Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14
Operating Boom Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
Operating Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Operating Swing Lock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Operating Backhoe—John Deere
Two-Lever Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic
Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped . . . . 2-2-23
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic
Functions—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped. . . . 2-2-25
Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped . . . 2-2-26
Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped . . . . . 2-2-29
Operating Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Operating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33
Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34
Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36
Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance
Service Machine at Specified Intervals . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Prepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Engine Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Opening and Closing Engine Hood. . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Maintenance and Repair Record
Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and
3-Way Coolant Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Required Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-11
Maintenance—As Required
Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock . . . . . . 3-3-2
Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3
Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4
Check Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Clean Cab Air Filters—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir
Fill Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Drain Water and Sediment from Water
Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9
Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . 3-3-10
Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner
Elements—Tier 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner
Elements—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated
Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-12
Inspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Maintenance—Machine
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1
ii
101008
PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel
Bearings—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-14
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . . .
Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease Loader Pivots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped . . . .
Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins. . . .
Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and
Cylinder Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped . . .
Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and
Steering Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal
Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease Backhoe Coupler Mechanical Jack
(If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation
Tube—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines . .
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . .
Check Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—
Tier 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine . . . . . . . . .
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Fuel Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Transmission and Torque
Converter Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . .
3-4-1
3-4-2
3-4-3
3-4-4
3-4-5
3-4-5
3-4-6
3-4-7
Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . .
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . .
Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Rear Axle and Planetary
Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4-8
3-4-9
3-4-9
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings (If
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner. . . . . . . . .
Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque . . .
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . .
Replace Primary and Final Fuel
Filters—Tier 3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2 and
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation
Tube—Tier 3 Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9-4
3-9-5
3-9-6
3-9-6
3-9-7
3-10-1
3-10-1
3-10-2
3-10-3
3-10-4
Miscellaneous—Machine
External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty
Secondary and Primary Element. . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine . . 4-1-5
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 2 and
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine . . . . 4-1-9
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 2 and
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10
Do Not Service or Adjust Injection
Nozzles or Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . 4-1-11
Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12
Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System. . . . 4-1-13
Using Booster Batteries—24-Volt System. . . . 4-1-14
Handling, Checking and Servicing Batteries
Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
JDLink Machine Monitoring System
(MMS)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18
(MMS) Direct Laptop Connection—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Replacing Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours
Change Engine Break-In Oil and
Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . . . .
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9-2
3-9-3
3-9-3
3-7-1
3-7-1
3-7-2
3-7-4
3-8-1
3-8-3
3-8-3
3-8-4
3-8-5
3-8-6
3-8-7
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
iii
101008
PN=3
Contents
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . .
Checking Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped . . . . .
Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Front Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing Stabilizer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310J. . .
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SJ. .
Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discharge Ride Control System
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . .
Discharge Pilot Control System
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . .
Lowering Boom Without Electrical
Power—For Machines With Pilot Controls. .
Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bleeding Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Recommendations For STC1
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe-In Check and Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . .
Do Not Service Control Valves,
Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values . .
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values. . . . . . .
Page
Page
4-1-23
4-1-24
4-1-25
4-1-26
4-1-27
4-1-27
4-1-28
4-1-28
4-1-29
Miscellaneous—Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3
Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN) . . .
Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . .
Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number . . . .
Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial
Number—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1-30
4-5-1
4-5-1
4-5-1
4-5-1
4-5-2
4-1-31
Miscellaneous—Specifications
Travel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. . . 4-6-2
310J Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3
310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4
310J Backhoe Loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10
310J Backhoe Loader Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
310J Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
310J Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
310J Backhoe Loader Lifting
Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
310J Backhoe Loader Lifting
(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
310SJ Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15
310SJ Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . 4-6-16
310SJ Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-22
310SJ Backhoe Loader Weight . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
310SJ Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24
310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25
310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting
(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25
310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting
(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-26
4-1-32
4-1-33
4-1-34
4-1-35
4-1-37
4-1-38
4-1-38
4-1-39
4-1-40
4-1-40
4-1-41
4-1-41
4-1-42
4-1-43
Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout
Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Key Switch ON, Engine Off Checks . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2
Key Switch On, Engine On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5
Cab System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-21
Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-15
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-17
iv
101008
PN=4
Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences
Safety and Operator Convenience Features
2
3
1
17
5
16
6
13
4
12
7
14
10
8
9
–UN–05SEP01
15
T145296
11
T145296
Please remember, the operator is the key to
preventing accidents.
1. Headlights/Taillights. Two front halogen
driving/work lights and two rear halogen work lights.
2. Signal/Warning Lights. Roof mounted turning
signal lights and warning lights for on-road use.
3. ROPS Protection. Certified rollover protection
structure surrounds the operator. Integral roof
provides overhead protection.
4. Seat Position Sensor. An audio/visual warning
alerts operator when Transmission Control Lever
(TCL) is in forward/reverse and the seat turned
toward the backhoe position.
5. Interior Rearview Mirror. Offers the operator a
view of activity behind him.
6. Handholds. Large and conveniently placed
handholds, make it easy to enter or exit the
operator’s station.
7. Loader Boom Service Lock. Provided for working
on or around this machine with the boom raised.
8. Engine Fan Guard. A secondary engine fan guard
inside engine compartment encloses rotating fan
blades.
9. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the starter
solenoid helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.
10. Ground-Level Fueling, Daily Service Checks.
Ground-level fueling feature eliminates the need to
climb on the machine to fuel it.
11. Steps. Wide, skid-resistant steps provide excellent
footing for getting in/out of operator’s station.
12. Independent Parking/Secondary Brake.
Independent, electrically controlled, parking brake
electrically engages when the engine is stopped.
13. Neutral Start. The machine will not move until the
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is cycled back
to neutral and the park brake is released,
regardless of TCL position at startup.
14. Backup Alarm. Alerts bystanders when the
machine is shifted into reverse.
15. Seat Belt Retractors. Seat belt retractors help
keep belts clean and convenient to use.
16. Exceptional Visibility. Views to either side and
front or rear working tools are unrestricted.
17. Operator Manual Holder. A sealed manual holder
keeps manual clean and dry.
VD76477,000126F –19–14DEC06–1/1
1-1-1
101008
PN=7
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this
symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert
for the potential of personal injury.
T133555
Follow the precautions and safe operating practices
highlighted by this symbol.
–UN–28AUG00
Recognize Safety Information
T133588
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,
WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are
yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION
labels.
–19–28AUG00
A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is
used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
TX03679,00016CC –19–08JAN08–1/1
T133556
Read the safety messages in this manual and on the
machine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully.
Review them frequently. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
available from your authorized John Deere dealer.
–UN–24AUG00
Follow Safety Instructions
Be sure all operators of this machine understand every
safety message. Replace operator’s manual and safety
labels immediately if missing or damaged.
TX03679,00016F9 –19–07SEP06–1/1
1-2-1
101008
PN=8
Operate Only If Qualified
machine functions with the machine in an open area
before starting to work.
Do not operate this machine unless the operator’s
manual has been read carefully, and you have been
qualified by supervised training and instruction.
Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to
every work situation and work site.
Operator should be familiar with the job site and
surroundings before operating. Try all controls and
TX03679,00016FA –19–03JAN07–1/1
Wear Protective Equipment
Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;
wear goggles or safety glasses.
–UN–23AUG88
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
TS206
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such
as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
TX03679,00016D0 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications
John Deere recommends using only genuine John
Deere replacement parts to ensure machine
performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere
parts with alternate parts not intended for the
application as these can create hazardous situations or
hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any
damage or failures resulting from their use are not
covered by any John Deere warranty.
Modifications of this machine, or addition of
unapproved products or attachments, may affect
machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard
for the operator or others near the machine. The
installer of any modification which may affect the
electronic controls of this machine is responsible for
establishing that the modification does not adversely
affect the machine or its performance.
Always contact an authorized dealer before making
machine modifications that change the intended use,
weight or balance of the machine, or that alter
machine controls, performance or reliability.
VD76477,000001B –19–26APR05–1/1
1-2-2
101008
PN=9
Inspect Machine
T6607AQ
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and
properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken
parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic
hoses and electrical wiring.
–UN–18OCT88
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it
before starting.
TX03679,0001734 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining
any part of machine with moving parts.
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or
shield that has been removed for access as soon as
service or repair is complete.
T133592
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
–UN–12SEP01
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
TX03679,00016D2 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
T133509
T133840
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor
immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically
within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a
knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
–UN–20SEP00
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.
Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.
Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting
lines or working on hydraulic system.
–UN–17MAR06
This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.
Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
TX03679,00016D3 –19–29JUL08–1/1
1-2-3
101008
PN=10
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
X9811
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
–UN–23AUG88
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
If you must operate in an enclosed space, provide
adequate ventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to
remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows to
bring outside air into the area.
T133546
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death.
–UN–24AUG00
Beware of Exhaust Fumes
TX03679,00016D4 –19–23JUN08–1/1
1-2-4
101008
PN=11
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses
immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil
spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently
for damage.
T133552
T133554
–UN–07SEP00
Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a
multi-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.
Know how to use extinguisher properly.
–UN–07SEP00
Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease
and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around
fuel lines, hydraulic lines and electrical wiring. Never store
oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine
compartment.
T133553
Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when
near sparks or flame.
–UN–14SEP00
Prevent Fires
TX03679,00016F5 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches,
and open flame away from the top of battery.
–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
TS204
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
TX03679,000174A –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-2-5
101008
PN=12
Handle Chemical Products Safely
If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemical
products, contact your authorized dealer for a Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or go to internet website
http://www.jdmsds.com. The MSDS describes physical
and health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergency
response techniques for chemical substances. Follow
MSDS recommendations to handle chemical products
safely.
T133580
–UN–25AUG00
Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious
injury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants,
paints and adhesives used with this machine may be
hazardous.
TX03679,00016D7 –19–03JAN07–1/1
Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
T133567
Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment.
Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with this
machine may be harmful if not disposed of properly.
–UN–25AUG00
Dispose of Waste Properly
Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere.
Government regulations may require using a certified
service center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.
If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your
local environmental or recycling center or your authorized
dealer for more information.
TX03679,0001733 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Prepare for Emergencies
Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.
TS291
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
–UN–23AUG88
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
TX03679,000174B –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-2-6
101008
PN=13
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
T133468
Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.
Never use machine controls as handholds.
–UN–30AUG00
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
TX03679,00016F2 –19–12FEB07–1/1
T133715
Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only
while sitting in operator’s seat. Ensure all controls and
working tools are in proper position for a parked machine.
–UN–07SEP00
Start Only From Operator’s Seat
Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not
attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter
solenoid terminals.
TX03679,0001799 –19–03JAN07–1/1
Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cut
or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is
damaged or does not function properly.
T133716
Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to
fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks
and during other uses.
–19–14SEP00
Use and Maintain Seat Belt
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced
every three years, regardless of appearance.
TX03679,00016DD –19–19MAR07–1/1
1-3-1
101008
PN=14
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement
1
P
TX1014609
Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or
other controls. Engage park brake and lower work
equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop
the engine before allowing anyone to approach the
machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving
the operator’s station.
–UN–19DEC06
Always set the park lock brake switch to the ON
position (1) before leaving the operator’s seat for any
reason.
1—ON Position
VD76477,0001204 –19–02FEB07–1/1
TX1014474
Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when
co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on
backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before
allowing anyone to approach machine.
–UN–12DEC06
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If
Equipped With Pilot Controls
VD76477,0001200 –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-3-2
101008
PN=15
Avoid Work Site Hazards
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders
away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported
loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or
loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal
person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a
signal person if moving machine in congested areas or
where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in
view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.
–UN–13DEC01
Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead
obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any
part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice
the line insulator length to overhead wires.
T147555
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near
structures or objects that could fall onto the machine.
Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run
over.
T147554
–UN–01NOV01
Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water
lines. Call utility line location services to identify all
underground utilities before you dig.
Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to
support machine. Be especially alert working near
embankments or excavations.
Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or
stockpiles that could collapse on machine.
Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or
near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during
snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds
hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes)
can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.
VD76477,000001C –19–23JUN08–1/1
1-3-3
101008
PN=16
Keep Riders Off Machine
T148715
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being
struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting
in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
–UN–06DEC01
Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
TX03768,0000BAF –19–07SEP06–1/1
Be certain backup warning alarm is working properly.
T145317
Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear
of the machine travel path. Turn around and look
directly for best visibility. Use mirror to assist in checking
behind the machine. Keep windows and mirror clean and
in good repair.
–UN–06SEP01
Avoid Backover Accidents
Use a signal person when backing if view is
obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal
person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals
to communicate.
TX03768,0000B8B –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-3-4
101008
PN=17
Avoid Machine Tipover
Use seat belt at all times.
Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to
jump clear and the machine may crush you.
Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be
sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level
surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to
truck bed.
Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or
frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in
these conditions.
T147495
–19–26OCT01
Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on
stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may
cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.
TX03768,0000BA3 –19–07SEP06–1/1
Add and Operate Attachments Safely
Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting
your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments
may affect machine stability or reliability and may create a
hazard for others near the machine.
Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment
installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections
are secure and attachment responds properly to controls.
Carefully read attachment manual and follow all
instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders
and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its
characteristics and range of motion.
TX03679,00016F0 –19–12FEB07–1/1
1-3-5
101008
PN=18
Use Special Care When Operating
Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift
objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine
stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before
attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or
sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize
loads.
T147438
Never lift an object above or near another person.
T148749
Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not
attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long
to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate
chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised
loads.
–UN–26OCT01
Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load
reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on
soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load.
–UN–05DEC01
Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone
to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.
TX03768,0000B70 –19–07SEP06–1/1
Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle
(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to
make the machine visible and identify it as a work
machine. Check state and local regulations to assure
compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working
condition.
T141891
Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower
than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting
and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.
–UN–22MAY01
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads
TX03679,00017C8 –19–02MAR07–1/1
1-3-6
101008
PN=19
Inspect and Maintain ROPS
To maintain the ROPS:
A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS)
should be replaced, not reused.
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
hardware.
• Check hardware torque.
• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or
wear; replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if
ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in
an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by
welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason,
inspect it carefully before operating the machine again.
TX03679,000179F –19–07SEP06–1/1
TX1023216
Avoid serious injury or death from an explosion hazard.
Deactivate all cellular or radio frequency devices on
equipment stored or operating in an area, such as a
blasting zone, where the use of radio transmitting devices
are prohibited.
–UN–07MAY07
Prevent Unintended Detonation of Explosive
Devices
VD76477,0001543 –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-3-7
101008
PN=20
Park and Prepare for Service Safely
T133332
• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment
to the ground.
• Engage park brake.
• Stop engine and remove key.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in
the operator’s station.
–19–14DEC01
Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare
your machine for service or repair properly.
Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.
Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people
whenever the engine must be running for service work.
TS229
• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated
tools or attachments.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden
pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other
devices that may slip out of place.
• Always install boom lock before working on or around
this machine with the loader boom raised.
–UN–23AUG88
Securely support machine or attachment before working
under it.
TX03679,0001809 –19–02MAR07–1/1
Service Cooling System Safely
TS281
Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill
through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only
remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch
with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
–UN–23AUG88
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling
system can cause serious burns.
VD76477,0001157 –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-4-1
101008
PN=21
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
TS220
Remove paint before heating:
–UN–23AUG88
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated
by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding
will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic
fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1
1-4-2
101008
PN=22
Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.
Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if
pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat
go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.
T133547
IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding.
Turn off main battery switch or
disconnect positive battery cable.
Separate harness connectors to engine
and vehicle microprocessors.
–UN–31AUG00
Make Welding Repairs Safely
Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.
Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection
and protective equipment when welding.
TX03679,00016D5 –19–24SEP07–1/1
Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and
object to prevent chipping.
T133738
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and
other protective equipment before striking hardened parts.
Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and
bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.
–UN–14SEP00
Drive Metal Pins Safely
TX03679,0001745 –19–07SEP06–1/1
1-4-3
101008
PN=23
Service Tires Safely
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause
serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper
equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate
the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an
increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
TS211
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
–UN–23AUG88
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension
hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
DX,RIM –19–24AUG90–1/1
1-4-4
101008
PN=24
TX1016262
–19–14DEC06
Safety Signs
1-5-1
VD76477,0001540 –19–06JUN07–1/2
101008
PN=25
TX1016263
–19–14DEC06
VD76477,0001540 –19–06JUN07–2/2
1-5-2
101008
PN=26
TX1024865
–19–10JUL07
Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If Equipped)
Safety Signs—If Equipped with Backhoe Coupler
VD76477,000152B –19–26JUN07–1/1
1-5-3
101008
PN=27
Pedals and Levers
T163833B
–UN–13JAN03
1—Backhoe Control Lever
2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal
HG31779,00001C3 –19–31OCT06–1/1
Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot
Controls
T163834B
–UN–13JAN03
1—Backhoe Pilot Controls
2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal
HG31779,00001C4 –19–31OCT06–1/1
2-1-1
101008
PN=28
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
3
2
4
1
7
17
16
5
15
6
14
13
1—STOP Indicator
2—Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
3—Converter Oil Temperature
Gauge
4—Fuel Level Gauge
11
12
5—Display Window
6—Park Brake Indicator
7—Hydraulic Oil Filter
Restriction Indicator
8—Diagnostic Code Indicator
9—Joystick Enable Indicator
• MENU provides initial entry into machine settings,
diagnostics and monitor functions. Once a main
menu has been selected, pressing MENU again will
return to the Normal Display Mode Menu.
• BACK will back out of a menu, one item each time
the key is pressed. The BACK key will eventually
return to the normal display.
• NEXT will move to the next selection within a menu
or mode. Press NEXT to cycle through all the
possible selections in a menu.
10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Indicator
11—Not Used This Application
12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator
14—MFWD Indicator
10
9
TX1002567
TX1002567
–UN–30JAN06
8
15—Engine Alternator Voltage
Indicator
16—Engine Air Filter
Restriction Indicator
17—Engine Oil Pressure
Indicator
• SELECT toggles between displays during normal
operation. During menu modes, SELECT will
activate the currently chosen menu, provide
additional information on codes, make selection and
reset timers.
VD76477,00011A9 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-1-2
101008
PN=29
Standard Display Functions
needle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light,
and alarm will sound. Reduce load immediately, shift
into NEUTRAL and run engine at slow idle. Inspect for
plugged oil cooler.
1—Stop Indicator:
IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator lights and alarm
sounds for more than 10 seconds
with engine oil pressure indicator lit,
stop machine immediately and
investigate cause of problem.
4—Fuel Level Gauge: Gauge shows fuel level in tank.
Fuel level gauge needle will enter red zone when fuel
level is low.
If STOP indicator lights and alarm
sounds for more than 10 seconds
with engine coolant temperature
gauge needle in red zone, reduce
load and run engine for 1—2 minutes
at slow idle to allow time to cool. If
STOP indicator remains lit and
engine coolant temperature gauge
needle does not fall to an acceptable
operating temperature, stop engine
and investigate problem. Do not
restart engine until problem has
been corrected.
5—Display Window: Display window has six active
displays; two constant and four selectable.
•
•
•
•
•
•
FNR (Constant)
Tachometer (Constant)
Hour Meter (Selectable)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature (Selectable)
Battery Voltage (Selectable)
Job Timer (Selectable)
Press NEXT to scroll through listing, to view desired
data.
6—Park Brake Indicator: Indicator will light when park
brake is engaged.
The STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds when:
• Engine oil pressure is low.
• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.
• Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is shifted into
“Forward” F or “Reverse” R with park brake ON.
• TCL is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” R with
park brake OFF and seat rotated toward the
backhoe position.
7—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator:
IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil filter restriction
indicator lights and hydraulic oil is
warm, change filter as soon as
possible to prevent damage.
2—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: When
engine coolant temperature is too high the gauge
needle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light,
and alarm will sound. Do not stop engine. Reduce load
and run engine at slow idle for 1—2 minutes. If gauge
needle does not fall to an acceptable operating level,
stop engine. See your authorized dealer.
NOTE: On the 310SJ model, the hydraulic oil filter
restriction warning is disabled (will NOT
activate) for temperatures 38° C (100° F) and
below.
Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element is
restricted.
3—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Gauge: When
torque converter oil temperature is too high, gauge
2-1-3
VD76477,00011AA –19–04JUN07–1/2
101008
PN=30
13—Not used this application.
NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light
temporarily. Allow time for oil to warm up and
indicator to go out before servicing filter.
14—MFWD Indicator: Indicator will light when
mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) is engaged.
8—Diagnostic Code Indicator: Indicator will light
when a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is activated;
text message and code appears in display window. It
may not be necessary to stop the engine immediately,
but the cause should be investigated as soon as
possible. Press MENU, BACK, NEXT or SELECT to
acknowledge message and turn indicator off.
15—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator: Indicator
will light when alternator output voltage drops below
12V. Check electrical system or recharge battery, if
necessary.
9—Joystick Enabled Indicator: Joystick Enable
Indicator will light when joysticks are enabled. Light will
go OFF whenever joysticks become disabled.
10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator: Indicator
will light when hydraulic oil temperature is high.
Reduce load immediately. Actuate backhoe bucket
unload function.
16—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: When air
filter elements are restricted, indicator will light. Clean
or change filter elements.
17—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator:
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If
engine oil pressure indicator light
comes on while operating, stop
machine. STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY.
11—Not used this application.
12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator: Indicator will light for
the first 5 seconds after the engine is started to warn
the operator to fasten seat belt.
When engine oil pressure is low, indicator will light,
STOP indicator will flash and alarm will sound. Stop
machine. STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
VD76477,00011AA –19–04JUN07–2/2
2-1-4
101008
PN=31
Anti-Theft Security System Configuration
IMPORTANT: The default Owner security code for the
anti-theft security system is 111 for
3-digit security systems, and 00111 for
5-digit security systems. The default
Operator security codes are 000, 999,
and 998 for 3-digit security systems,
and 00000, 00999, and 00998 for 5-digit
security systems.
When providing Operator security
codes to machine users, owners should
not provide operators with the default
codes. Instead, owners should first
change the default Operator security
codes to other values before providing
codes to machine users. Refer to
Changing an Operator or Owner
Security Code in this section for more
information.
Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled,
either as a factory installed option or field installation, the
system needs to be configured. Select the locking method
and change the Owner and Operator security codes, as
necessary.
Selecting the Locking Method
Complete the following procedure to select the locking
method for the anti-theft security system. Only someone
with the Owner security code can configure the locking
method. There are four locking options available within the
anti-theft security system:
•
•
•
•
Prompt for Lock
Auto Lock—5 Minutes
Anti-theft off (machine is not locked)
1. Press the MENU button on the standard display
monitor (SDM) to access the MAIN MENU.
2. Press the NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT
displays.
2-1-5
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–1/6
101008
PN=32
3. Press the SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT SET
CODES.
4. Press the NEXT button to display ANTITHEFT
CONFIG.
5. Press the SELECT button to display OWNER CODE 0
0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0 0
(5-digit system).
6. Enter the current Owner security code. The current
locking method displays.
7. Press the NEXT button to display the appropriate
locking method.
•
•
•
•
ANTITHEFT OFF
PROMPT FOR LOCK
AUTOLOCK 5 MINUTES
AUTOLOCK 60 MINUTES
8. Press the SELECT button to select the displayed
locking method.
9. The selected locking method displays for 2 seconds
before the SDM returns to the normal display mode
menu.
Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code
IMPORTANT: If all three available Operator security
codes will not be used, make sure the
unused codes are changed to
something other then their default
values. Leaving access to the machine
by means of default codes is not
recommended.
The following rules apply when changing security codes:
• An Operator security code can only be changed if that
security code or the Owner security code is used during
the change procedure.
• The Owner security code can be used to reset all codes
back to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALL
menu option.
2-1-6
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–2/6
101008
PN=33
• The anti-theft security system resets all Operator
security codes and the Owner security code to the
default values when the Master security code is used to
enable the system.
• The Owner security code can only be changed by
someone using the Owner security code. The Owner
security code must be entered before changing that
code.
displays.
CODES.
4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFT
OWNER.
5. If changing an Operator security code, press the NEXT
button to display the appropriate Operator security
code to change. If changing the Owner security code,
proceed to next step.
6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows CURRENT
CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or CURRENT CODE 0 0
0 0 0 (5-digit system).
7. Enter the Owner security code or current Operator
security code for the code to be changed.
a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to
change the number displayed in the active (flashing)
field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;
the BACK button decrements the current digit.
b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number
displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the
active field to the next digit to the right.
2-1-7
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–3/6
101008
PN=34
NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last
digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system
configuration) processes the entered security
code. If the code is incorrect, an error message
appears on the monitor display.
The anti-theft security system allows three
attempts to enter a valid security code before
requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON
to restart the process.
8. Enter the new security code.
9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds before
the SDM returns to the normal display mode menu.
Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes
displays.
CODES.
4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFT
OWNER.
5. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT RESET ALL
displays.
6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNER
CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
7. Enter the current Owner security code.
2-1-8
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–4/6
101008
PN=35
8. The anti-theft security system resets the Owner and
three Operator security codes to their defaults of “111”,
“000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digit security
systems, and “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and “00998”
for 5-digit security systems.
9. The default codes display before the SDM returns to
the normal display mode menu.
NOTE: If owner code is not available, security codes can
be reset using the Master security code. See your
authorized dealer.
Changing System Security Code Length
Use this procedure to select the length of security code to
use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or
5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.
displays.
CODES.
4. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT SYSTEM
displays.
5. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNER
CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
6. Enter the current Owner security code.
2-1-9
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–5/6
101008
PN=36
7. The current Antitheft System will be displayed, either
ANTITHEFT 3-DIGIT or ANTITHEFT 5-DIGIT. To
change the selection, press the NEXT button to cycle
between the different systems and then press the
SELECT button to activate. At this point, all codes will
be set to anti-theft system defaults, but the system
locking method will remain unchanged.
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–6/6
2-1-10
101008
PN=37
Anti-Theft Security System Operation
IMPORTANT: When providing Operator security
codes to machine users, owners should
not provide operators with the default
codes. Instead, owners should first
change the default Operator security
codes to other values before providing
codes to machine users. See Anti-Theft
Security System Configuration in this
section.
NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but
will shut down after 3 seconds.
Locking the Machine (Operator and Owner)
There are three different locking methods available with
the anti-theft security system. See Anti-Theft Security
System Configuration for more information on selecting a
locking method.
• Prompt for Lock
• Auto Lock—5 Minutes
• Auto Lock—60 Minutes
NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but
will shut down after 3 seconds.
Prompt for Lock
1. Turn key switch to OFF.
2. The monitor display shows HIT SELECT TO LOCK.
NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machine
within 20 seconds of turning key switch OFF, the
SDM will NOT lock the machine.
3. Press the SELECT button within 20 seconds to lock
the machine.
2-1-11
KK70125,00008C4 –19–01FEB08–1/3
101008
PN=38
2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes. After
5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,
depending on system configuration, is required for
machine operation.
2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes.
After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,
depending on system configuration, is required for
machine operation.
Unlocking the Machine (Operator and Owner)
1. Sit in the operator’s seat to power up the engagement
and monitor unit.
2. Turn key switch to ON position.
3. The standard display monitor (SDM) displays ENTER
CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or ENTER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
4. Enter the appropriate security code:
code.
5. Once a security code is entered, the monitor displays
UNLOCKING ANTITHEFT while the SDM attempts to
unlock the machine.
6. The SDM display shows ANTITHEFT UNLOCKED if
the security code was correct and the machine is
unlocked.
2-1-12
KK70125,00008C4 –19–01FEB08–2/3
101008
PN=39
The display shows FAILED TO UNLOCK if the security
code was incorrect.
NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows three
KK70125,00008C4 –19–01FEB08–3/3
2-1-13
101008
PN=40
TX1003146
Transmission Indicator, Tachometer and Hour Meter
–19–12FEB07
N
0
HYD 104F
TX1018541
–UN–02FEB06
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display
TX1003153
Battery Voltage
0
132.4
–19–22JAN07
N
JOB
TX1003154
–19–02FEB06
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Job Timer
Press “NEXT” button repeatedly, to scroll through the
selectable displays.
When key switch is turned to the ON/RUN position:
• Indicator Lights: All indicator lights come on for 5
seconds. If the engine is cold, the oil pressure
indicator and STOP indicator will remain lit, after the
others go out. Park brake indicator will also stay on.
• Gauges: Backlights come on and gauge needles
cycle, before settling to actual readings.
• Monitor Display Window: All LCD segments light,
followed by the machine model number and then the
last screen displayed at engine shut down.
Hour meter, Battery Voltage, Hydraulic Oil
Temperature and Job Timer are operator selectable
displays.
Hour Meter shows total machine hours, to the nearest
tenth of an hour, and accumulates time only when the
engine is running.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature is displayed in either
degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius depending on the
“units” selected. For further information, see Standard
Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Monitor in this
section.
Display window has six active displays, two constant
and four selectable.
Transmission indicator(s) and the tachometer are
constant displays.
Battery Voltage is displayed to the nearest tenth of a
volt.
NOTE: Transmission indicator shows the actual gear
the transmission is in, not the position of the
Transmission Control Lever (TCL).
Transmission indicator shows the travel position of the
Transmission Control Lever (TCL), F—Forward, N—
Neutral, R—Reverse and the speed range (1, 2, 3, or
4) selected by the operator.
Job Timer can be set to record time for a specific job
or operator. For further information, see Standard
Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Job Timer in this
section.
Tachometer shows engine speed in
revolutions-per-minute (rpm).
VD76477,00011EE –19–05FEB07–1/1
2-1-14
101008
PN=41
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor
Messages
The standard display monitor (SDM) automatically
displays a message for certain diagnostic trouble codes
(DTCs). When the DTC is initially active, a message
displays on the SDM until the fault either is resolved or
the operator presses any button on the SDM.
The DTCs that automatically generate a SDM message
include:
Monitor Text
Description
CONVERTER OIL TEMP
Torque Converter Oil Temperature High
CONVERTER OIL TEMP
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage High
CONVERTER OIL TEMP
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage Low
DIFF LOCK SW FAULT
Differential Lock Switch Stuck
ECU CONFIG MISMATCH
Security Violation
ENG TEMP SENSOR FLT
Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage High
ENG TEMP SENSOR FLT
Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage Low
ENGINE AIR FILTER
Engine Air Filter Restricted
ENGINE OVER TEMP
Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High
FUEL TEMP CONTROL
Internal ECU Failure
HI SYSTEM VOLTAGE
System Voltage High
HYD OIL FILTER
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted
HYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature High
HYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Moderately High
LOW ENGINE OIL PRES
Engine Oil Pressure Extremely Low
LOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE
System Voltage Low
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
Clutch Disconnect Device Fault
Clutch Disconnect Switch Stuck Closed
Switch Short to Ground
TURN SEAT TO REAR
Seat Position Front Switch (S17) Short Circuit to Power or Stuck Closed
VD76477,0001544 –19–01FEB08–1/1
2-1-15
101008
PN=42
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main Menu
TX1015152
1. Codes: View active or stored Diagnostic Trouble
Codes (DTC).
2. Monitor: Change display units and language.
3. Job Timer: Set-up or reset job timer.
4. Settings: Operator selectable preferences
–19–22JAN07
MAIN MENU
CODES
MONITOR
JOB TIMER
The Main Menu provides the capability to select the next
submenus. The Main Menu is accessed by pressing the
MENU button. The submenus under Main Menu include:
VD76477,00011EA –19–22JAN08–1/1
Menu—Codes
The submenus under Codes include:
TX1015154
Codes will be highlighted. Press the SELECT button to
display the Codes submenu.
–19–22JAN07
CODES
ACTIVE
STORED
Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu.
• Active
• Stored
Press NEXT to toggle between ACTIVE and STORED
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Press SELECT to view details of either code type.
VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–1/3
TX1003365
–UN–03FEB06
If no codes have been received (ACTIVE) or recorded
(STORED), NO ACTIVE or NO STORED CODES will
appear on display. If codes have been received or
recorded, the most recent code will appear first, numbered
1/X, along with the controller ID and the DTC.
In the example shown, 1 of 2 codes is displayed. The
code was reported by the Engine Control Unit (ECU) and
it is number 105.15.
DTC Example
2-1-16
VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–2/3
101008
PN=43
Text Message
TX1003369
–UN–03FEB06
NOTE: The DTC is stored every time the engine is
started with an active code. Total number of
occurrences may reflect the number of times the
engine was restarted, rather than the number of
times the DTC actually occurred. Stored codes
should only be cleared by a trained service
technician. See your authorized dealer.
FUEL GAUGE
SENSOR
OUT OF
RANGE HIGH
TX1003367
Press NEXT to scroll through codes or press SELECT to
view code details; a text message will give a brief
description of what occurred to trigger the code. Stored
codes also include hour meter readings of the first and
last occurrence of the DTC.
–19–22JAN07
Hour Meter Readings
VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–3/3
2-1-17
101008
PN=44
Menu—Monitor
The submenus under Monitor include:
–19–22JAN07
Use the NEXT button to highlight the Monitor option and
press SELECT to view the Monitor submenu.
MONITOR
UNITS
LANGUAGE
TX1015155
TX1003377
ENGLISH
METRIC
SELECTED
Units
ENGLISH
S PA N I S H
FRENCH
SELECTED
–19–22JAN07
• UNITS: Press NEXT to toggle between ENGLISH and
METRIC. Press SELECT to display readings in either
English or Metric units.
• LANGUAGE: Press NEXT to scroll through available
languages (English, Spanish or French). Press SELECT
to change display text to desired language.
SELECTED will appear when settings are changed,
then display returns to MONITOR menu.
TX1003379
Press SELECT to view display options.
–19–22JAN07
• Units
• Language
Languages
VD76477,00011EC –19–31OCT06–1/1
2-1-18
101008
PN=45
Use the NEXT button to highlight the Job Timer option
and press SELECT to view the Job Timer submenu.
JOB TIMER
UNHIDE
RESET TIME
TX1015156
Job timer is a resettable hour meter that can be used to
time specific tasks to the nearest tenth of an hour. Job
timer accumulates hours whenever the engine is running,
even if the display is hidden. Accumulated hours are
stored in memory when the key switch is turned off.
–19–22JAN07
Menu—Job Timer
The submenus under Job Timer include:
• Hide or Unhide
• Reset Timer
Press NEXT to toggle between HIDE or UNHIDE and
RESET TIME.
Press SELECT to hide or show job timer. HIDDEN or
UNHIDDEN will appear on display and then return to the
JOB TIMER menu.
Press SELECT to reset timer to zero hours. RESET will
appear when hours are cleared and then display returns
to the JOB TIMER menu.
VD76477,00011ED –19–14DEC06–1/1
2-1-19
101008
PN=46
TX1019354A
–UN–19FEB07
Right-Side Console Functions
1—Park Brake Switch
2—Key Switch
3—Horn Button
4—Ride Control Switch and
Indicator—If Equipped
5—Beacon Switch—If
Equipped
6—Pattern Select Switch and
7—not used
8—Auxiliary Hydraulic
Function Switch and
9—not used
10—Engine Speed Control
Knob
11—Start Aid Switch—If
Equipped
12—Side Docking Lights
Switch
13—Rear Work Lights Switch
14—Mechanical Front Wheel
Drive (MFWD) Switch—If
Equipped
15—Air Suspension Seat
Height Adjustment
Switch—If Equipped
16—Rear Wiper Switch—If
Equipped
17—Display Monitor
18—Blower Speed Knob—If
Equipped
19—Temperature Control
Knob—If Equipped
20—Defroster, Heater, and Air
Conditioner Switch—If
Equipped
1—Park Brake Switch: Push left half of switch to
engage park brake. Push right half of switch to
disengage park brake.
5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped: Push the upper half
of switch to turn beacon light on. Push lower half of
switch to turn beacon light off.
2—Key Switch
6—Pattern Select Switch and Indicator—If
Equipped: Push the upper half of switch to activate
the excavator control pattern. Push the lower half of
switch to activate the backhoe control pattern.
3—Horn Button: Press button to sound the horn.
4—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:
Push upper half of switch to activate ride control.
Switch will light when ride control is activated. Push
lower half of switch to deactivate ride control.
7—Not Used
2-1-20
VD76477,0001123 –19–12MAR07–1/2
101008
PN=47
8—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch and
Indicator—If Equipped: Push switch to activate and
deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments.
The switch has three positions:
switch to decrease air suspension seat height and
firmness of ride.
• Push upper half to activate auxiliary hydraulic
function
• Push to middle position to transfer control to the
backhoe auxiliary function foot switch
• Push lower half to deactivate the auxiliary hydraulic
function
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,
DO NOT operate wipers if blades are
frozen to windshield.
16—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped:
Push upper half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper
on. Push lower half of switch to turn rear windshield
wiper off.
9—Not Used
17—Blower Speed Knob—If Equipped: Turn knob
clockwise to increase blower speed or
counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.
10—Engine Speed Control Knob: Rotate knob
clockwise to increase engine speed. Rotate
counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.
11—Start Aid Button—If Equipped: Press and hold
button when engine is cold and cranking to inject
starting fluid into engine during cold weather start-up.
12—Side Docking Lights Switch: Push the upper
half of switch to turn side docking lights on. Push lower
half of switch to turn lights off.
13—Rear Working Lights Switch: Push switch to
middle position to turn first set of rear work lights on.
Push top half of switch to turn entire set of rear work
lights on. Push bottom half of switch to turn rear work
lights off.
14—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Switch—If Equipped: Push switch up to engage the
MFWD axle. Push switch down to disengage the
MFWD axle.
15—Air Suspension Seat Height Adjustment
Switch—If Equipped:
CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in position
before operating machine. A seat that is
loose or not properly locked can cause loss
of control of machine and injuries or death.
Push upper half of switch to increase air suspension
seat height and firmness of ride. Push lower half of
18—Temperature Control Knob—If Equipped: Turn
knob to adjust air temperature. Turn clockwise towards
HOT (red) for warmer air (best for heating and
defrosting). Turn counterclockwise towards COLD
(blue) for cooler air (best for venting and air
conditioning).
19—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Controls—If Equipped:
NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch; and temperature control
knob must be adjusted as a group to obtain
proper operation of the defroster, heater, or air
conditioner.
The defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch has
three positions:
• Push upper half to activate the defroster.
• Push to middle position to activate the heater and
vent. Turn the temperature control knob clockwise
towards HOT for heated air, or counterclockwise to
COLD for unheated vent.
• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner.
NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature
control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
dehumidify air without overcooling.
VD76477,0001123 –19–12MAR07–2/2
2-1-21
101008
PN=48
1—Work and Drive Lights
Switch
2—Warning Lights Switch
3—Loader Coupler Switch—If
Equipped
4—Loader Coupler Pin
5—Front Windshield Washer
–UN–13JAN06
TX1002634A
TX1002635A
–UN–13JAN06
TX1002633A
–UN–13JAN06
Controls—Steering Console
6—Front Windshield Wiper
7—Turn Signal Switch
1—Work and Drive Lights Switch: Push switch to
operate work and drive lights, tail lights, and front work
lights, if equipped. The switch has three positions:
• Push upper half to first position to turn drive lights
and tail lights on.
• Push to second position to turn drive lights, tail
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, on.
• Push lower half to turn work and drive lights, tail
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, off.
2—Warning Lights Switch: Push upper half of
switch to turn amber warning lights at front and rear of
cab on. When warning lights switch is on, warning
lights indicator, left turn indicator, and right turn
indicator will flash. Push lower half of switch to turn
amber warning lights off.
8—Transmission Control Lever
(TCL)
If the warning light switch is on when the key switch is
turned to the OFF position, the warning “HAZARD
LAMPS ON” will display on the Standard Display
Monitor (SDM). The audible alarm will sound two times
and the warning will remain displayed for 5 seconds,
after which the SDM will power down.
3—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped: Push in
and lift switch to the “unlock” position to retract coupler
pins. Coupler pin indicator will illuminate and chime will
sound. Push switch down to return to the “lock”
position to engage coupler pins. Indicator will turn off
and chimes will stop.
2-1-22
VD76477,00011AB –19–13MAR07–1/2
101008
PN=49
• Push lower half to turn front windshield wiper off
4—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped:
Indicator will light and chimes will sound when the
loader coupler switch is in “unlock” position and the
coupler pins are retracted. Indicator will turn off when
quick coupler switch is in “lock” position.
7—Turn Signal Switch: Push switch to signal turning
direction. The switch has three positions:
• Push left half to signal left turn. Left turn indicator
will flash.
• Middle position is “Off”. Indicators will not flash
unless warning lights switch is “On”.
• Push right half to signal right turn. Right turn
indicator will flash.
5—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped:
Push upper half of switch to turn front windshield
washer on. Push lower half of switch to turn front
windshield washer off.
6—Front Windshield Wiper Switch—If Equipped:
Amber turn signal lights flash individually to signal
direction of turn when left or right half of turn signal
switch is pushed. Amber turn signal lights flash
together when warning light switch (2) is pushed.
NOTE: To avoid damage to wiper blades, DO NOT
operate wipers if blades are frozen to
windshield.
Push switch to operate front windshield wiper. The
switch has three positions:
• Push upper half to first position to turn front
windshield wiper on at “Slow” speed
• Push to middle position to turn front windshield wiper
on at “Fast” speed
8—Transmission Control Lever (TCL): Place TCL in
middle (detented) position for neutral. Move TCL to F
for forward travel or to R for reverse. Rotate TCL to
select gear (travel speed) range.
VD76477,00011AB –19–13MAR07–2/2
Push upper half of switch (1) to “Unlock” position to
enable pilot controls. Push lower half of switch to “Lock”
position to disable pilot controls.
TX1014469A
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected
machine movement. Always lock hydraulics
when not operating backhoe.
–UN–01NOV06
Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If
Equipped
If the seat changes operating position or the engine is
shut off, the pilot controls are automatically disabled. To
enable pilot controls, cycle switch to “Lock” position and
back to “Unlocked” position.
VD76477,00011FB –19–01NOV06–1/1
2-1-23
101008
PN=50
Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped
–UN–20OCT06
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected machine movement. Always verify
control response before operating backhoe.
TX1013900A
Push backhoe symbol on switch (1) to select backhoe
hydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch to
select excavator hydraulic pattern.
1—Pattern Select Switch
VD76477,0001126 –19–19OCT06–1/1
Engine Speed Control Knob
–UN–13MAR07
Rotate knob clockwise to increase engine speed. Rotate
counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.
• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seat
is in loader position*.
• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seat
is in the backhoe position*.
• Engine speed does change when turning the dial while
seat is not in backhoe or loader position.
• Engine speed does not change when turning the dial
while service brake pedal is pressed in either backhoe
or loader position.
• Engine speed is dialed up to something other than idle
and seat position changes cause the engine speed
control knob to drop out.
TX1020480A
The engine speed control knob is operating normally
when:
1—Engine Speed Control Knob
*Engine speed control knob must be dialed to low speed
stop position before engine speed will respond to changes
in the dial position.
VD76477,00014B1 –19–12MAR07–1/1
2-1-24
101008
PN=51
Horn Button
Press the horn button (1) to sound the horn.
TX1013813A
–UN–20OCT06
1—Horn Button
VD76477,0001125 –19–19OCT06–1/1
Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Controls—If Equipped
NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air conditioner
switch; and temperature control knob must be
adjusted as a group to obtain proper operation of
the defroster, heater, or air conditioner.
Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (1)
to the appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch has two positions:
Turn temperature control knob (3) to adjust air
temperature. Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) for
warmer air (best for heating and defrosting). Turn
counterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for cooler air (best
for venting and air conditioning).
TX1013895A
Turn blower knob (2) clockwise to increase blower speed
or counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.
–UN–20OCT06
• Push front half to activate the air conditioner. Adjust the
blower knob and temperature control knob as
appropriate.
• Push rear half to activate the heater/defroster. Adjust
the blower knob and temperature control knob as
appropriate.
1—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch
2—Blower Speed Knob
3—Temperature Control Knob
NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature
control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
dehumidify air without overcooling.
VD76477,0001124 –19–19OCT06–1/1
2-1-25
101008
PN=52
Side Windows—Secondary Exits
The side windows and door windows can open 180°. The
door windows can be used as secondary exits.
–UN–07NOV00
To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.
T135173
Retain in open position against fixed window on same
side by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob until
tension is felt to prevent window from swinging during
operation.
Right Side Shown
T102093
–UN–16AUG96
A—Handle (8 used)
B—Fastening Knob (2 used)
C—Socket (2 used)
CED,OUO1079,381 –19–14JUN00–1/1
Rear Windows
when opening or closing window.
Squeeze upper rear window latches (A) and slide upper
rear window up or down.
Squeeze middle rear window latches (B) and slide middle
rear window up or down.
–UN–10JAN06
Ensure all rear window latches lock into detent positions
on window frame.
TX1002528A
A—Upper Rear Window Latch (2 used)
B—Middle Rear Window Latch (2 used)
VD76477,0001127 –19–19OCT06–1/1
2-1-26
101008
PN=53
Adjusting Seat
before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.
NOTE: Grease seat base guide rails as needed.
Air Suspension Seat
–UN–10NOV06
Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desired
position. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat in
position.
TX1014891A
Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot lever
to lock seat in position.
Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tilt
angle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.
1—Forward and Aft Lever
2—Pivot Lever
3—Back Tilt Lever
4—Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever
Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to position
lumbar support for operator’s preference.
2-1-27
VD76477,0001276 –19–20NOV06–1/2
101008
PN=54
Mechanical Suspension Seat
before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.
–UN–17NOV06
NOTE: With weight adjustment knob turned
counterclockwise (—) as far as it can go and with
no weight on seat, the distance to the floor from
top of seat is 48 cm (19 in). With knob turned
clockwise (+) as far as it can go, the distance to
floor from top of seat is 53 cm (21 in). The
distances will decrease by 5 cm (2 in.) when an
86 kg (190 lb) person sits on seat.
Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot lever
to lock seat in position.
Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tilt
angle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.
TX1015302A
Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desired
position. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat in
position.
1—Forward and Aft Lever
2—Pivot Lever
3—Back Tilt Lever
4—Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever
5—Weight Adjustment Knob
Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to position
lumbar support for operator’s preference.
While NOT sitting on seat, turn weight adjustment knob
(5) to change seat height and ride stiffness.
VD76477,0001276 –19–20NOV06–2/2
2-1-28
101008
PN=55
Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped
Lift lever (A) and tilt steering wheel (B) to operator’s
preference. Release lever to lock steering wheel in
position.
For Joystick-to-wheel clearance, tilt steering wheel full-up
before unlocking and pivoting seat.
TX1002483A
–UN–10JAN06
A—Steering Wheel Tilt Lever
B—Steering Wheel
VD76477,00010F6 –19–23OCT06–1/1
2-1-29
101008
PN=56
12-Volt Accessory Outlets
Accessory outlets (A) are positioned for operator’s
convenience.
TX1014667A
–UN–04NOV06
A—12-Volt Accessory Outlet
T134837B
–UN–25OCT00
Optional Cab Shown
Optional Cab Shown
VD76477,00011B2 –19–03NOV06–1/1
2-1-30
101008
PN=57
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting
Perform periodic service checks.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).
Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).
Check precleaner (C).
Check hydraulic oil level (D).
Clean operator’s station (E).
Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).
Check pedals and controls (G) for freedom of
movement.
• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and torque of wheel
hardware.
• Clean radiator fins (I).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires
and loose or corroded connections.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose
clamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rub
against each other or other parts.
BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, broken
or missing parts and hardware.
LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,
covers, seat belt, and reverse warning alarm.
PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.
T132586
SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons are
clear from machine area.
–UN–18JUL00
FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.
A—Loader Pivot Pins
B—Engine Dipstick and Air Cleaner
C—Precleaner (If Equipped)
D—Hydraulic Oil Level Sight Tube
E—Operator’s Station
F—Backhoe Pivot Pins
G—Pedals and Controls
H—Tires
I—Radiator Fins
CED,OUO1079,468 –19–17JUL00–1/1
2-2-1
101008
PN=58
Check Instruments Before Starting
3
2
4
1
7
17
16
5
15
6
14
13
11
12
10
9
TX1002567
–UN–30JAN06
8
TX1002567
See Operation—Operator’s Station for descriptions of
indicators.
If any indicator fails to light, see your authorized dealer.
TX1002776
• The audible alarm must sound.
• All LCD segments in the display window (5) must light,
followed by the machine model number and the last
screen displayed at shutdown.
• All gauges (2—4) must be backlit, and all gauge
needles must cycle from minimum (left) to maximum
(right) in approximately 1 second.
• All indicators must light for 5 seconds including those in
the Sealed Switch Module (SSM). With the engine cold,
the engine oil pressure indicator and STOP indicator will
remain lit, after other indicators go out. Park brake
indicator will also stay ON, as will switch indicators for
previously activated functions.
–UN–18JAN06
Turn key switch clockwise to ON/RUN position. (Do not
start engine.) The following must occur:
1—STOP Indicator
2—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
3—Converter Oil Temperature Gauge
4—Fuel Level Gauge
5—Display Window
6—Park Brake Indicator
7—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
8—Diagnostic Code Indicator
9—Joysticks Enabled Indicator
10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator
12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator
14—MFWD Indicator
15—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator
16—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator
17—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
18—Accessory Position—Key Switch
19—STOP Position—Key Switch
20—On/Run Position—Key Switch
21—Start Position—Key Switch
VD76477,00011AC –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-2
101008
PN=59
Engine Break-in Period
NOTE: To avoid engine damage it is critical to observe
the engine break-in period. Extra care during the
first 250 hours of operation will result in more
satisfactory long-term engine performance and
life. DO NOT exceed 250 hours of operation with
break-in oil.
1. Operate the machine at heavy or normal loads with
minimal idling during the break-in period. During the
first 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods of engine idling
or sustained maximum load operation. If engine will
idle longer than 5 minutes, stop engine.
2. Check engine oil level more frequently during the
engine break-in period.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT add makeup oil until the oil
level is BELOW the ADD mark on the
dipstick. John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN
OIL should be used to make up any oil
consumed during the break-in period.
3. Change oil and oil filter after first 250 hours
(maximum). Fill crankcase with the normal seasonal
viscosity grade oil See Maintenance—Machine.
(Section 3-1).
4. Watch coolant temperature gauge closely. If coolant
temperature rises above specified limits on the gauge
reduce load on engine. Unless temperature drops
quickly, stop the engine and determine the cause
before resuming operation. See Troubleshooting.
(Section 4-3).
5. Watch oil pressure gauge for pressure within
specification
6. Check serpentine belt for proper alignment and seating
in pulley grooves.
VD76477,00016F2 –19–20MAR08–1/1
2-2-3
101008
PN=60
Starting the Engine
TS177
–UN–11JAN89
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from a
runaway machine. DO NOT start engine by
shorting across starter terminals. Machine will
start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) in N
“Neutral” and park brake engaged.
NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in gear, but the
transmission will automatically be shifted to
neutral and the display will show “N” as the actual
gear. You will not be able to put the tractor into
gear without first cycling TCL through the neutral
range.
1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.
2. Sound horn.
NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positions
described before starting engine.
3. Move TCL lever (A) to N.
VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–1/3
TX1002777A
–UN–18JAN06
A—TCL
2-2-4
VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–2/3
101008
PN=61
4. Push the left half of the park brake switch (B) to
engage the park brake.
–UN–20DEC06
5. Push the lower half of the ride control switch (C), if
equipped, to deactivate ride control.
TX1013913A
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the turbocharger
and other engine components, let the
engine run at low idle for 30 seconds
before operating machine.
6. Turn engine speed control knob (D) to 1/3 speed.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter motor for more
than 30 seconds at a time, or it may be
damaged. If engine does not start, wait
at least 2 minutes before trying again.
B—Park Brake Switch
C—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
D—Engine Speed Control Knob
E—Key Switch
7. Turn key switch (E) clockwise to “Start” and hold in
position until engine starts. Release key switch when
engine starts. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,
turn key switch to “Off” and wait 2 minutes before
trying again.
VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–3/3
2-2-5
101008
PN=62
Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If
Equipped
TS281
–UN–23AUG88
exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. Do not puncture or incinerate
container. Remove can from machine if engine
does not need starting fluid.
IMPORTANT: Remove container and install plug in
base to protect start aid components
from dust.
–UN–20OCT06
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting
aid when temperatures are below 0°C
(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.
TX1013917A
USING START AID
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push and hold
start aid button only when engine is
cold and cranking. Starting fluid is
being injected into engine as long as
the start aid button is held.
1—Start Aid Button
NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing
2 minutes between cranking periods.
While cranking engine, push start aid button (1).
Replacing Starting Aid Container
2-2-6
VD76477,0001128 –19–04FEB08–1/2
101008
PN=63
1. Close engine hood. Raise front loader boom and install
loader boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service
Lock. (Section 3-2.)
–UN–20MAR08
2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing Engine
Hood. (Section 3-2.)
TX1035810A
3. Loosen clamp (2).
4. Turn start aid container (3) counterclockwise to
remove.
IMPORTANT: Remove can from machine if engine
does not need starting fluid. Remove
can from container and install plug (4)
in base to protect start aid components
from dust.
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–01FEB08
5. Remove safety cap from new container.
TX1035809A
6. Remove plug and turn container clockwise in starting
aid base to install.
7. Tighten clamp.
8. Close engine hood.
Tier 2 and Non-regulated Engines
2—Clamp
3—Start Aid Container
4—Plug
VD76477,0001128 –19–04FEB08–2/2
Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury
from an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,
grounded cord to connect heater to electrical
power.
Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours before
starting the engine.
TX,25,BD2080 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-7
101008
PN=64
Warm-Up
IMPORTANT: To ensure proper lubrication, idle
engine at 1/3 speed for 5 minutes.
Extend period as necessary when
operating at temperatures below
freezing.
• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 5
minutes.
IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine and
to use fuel in most efficient manner, do
not allow machine to idle at low rpm.
• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.
• Operate machine under light loads for first 5 minutes
once engine is warm.
• Check instruments regularly.
TX,25,BD2082 –19–29JAN03–1/1
Cold Weather Warm-Up
CAUTION: Prevent injury from moving
backhoe. Backhoe may overshoot in extreme
cold conditions. Allow backhoe to warm up.
IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulic
functions move slowly. Do not
attempt machine operations until
hydraulic functions move at
close-to-normal cycle times.
In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming up
period will be necessary.
1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucket
leveling tube due to cold oil, cycle
bucket three times at hood height
before using under normal
operation.
2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucket
from stop to stop three times.
3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distribute
warmed oil until all functions operate freely.
Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until
engine is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow,
and mud from machine before operation.
VD76477,0001386 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-8
101008
PN=65
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped
TX1013918A
–UN–20DEC06
unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn ignition
switch “On”. Push ride control switch “On” and
move loader control lever to “Float” position.
Do not have the ride control switch “On” when
starting the machine; the machine may move if
the ride control switch is “On” and the machine
is started.
–UN–26OCT06
Do not have ride control engaged when
operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.
TX1013990A
The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in
the loader circuit.
Operating Ride Control
Push upper half of ride control switch (1) to improve
machine ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling over
rough terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket, or when
transporting with an empty bucket. The ride control
indicator (2) will remain lit while ride control is engaged.
1—Ride Control Switch
2—Ride Control Indicator
If engine is stopped with ride control engaged, ride control
switch will remain in the “On” position and ride control will
be engaged when the machine is restarted. Always push
lower half of ride control switch to disengage ride control
before starting the machine.
NOTE: With ride control engaged, the front end of the
machine will not remain raised if lifted off the
ground with the front loader. The front end of the
machine will drift back to the ground. To hold front
end up while using the backhoe, disengage ride
control.
Discharging the Ride Control Circuit for Service
2-2-9
VD76477,0001129 –19–18DEC07–1/2
101008
PN=66
Discharge hydraulic pressure from the ride control system
before performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
VD76477,0001129 –19–18DEC07–2/2
Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped
1. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.
–UN–02JAN03
2. Use pilot control wrist rests (1) to pull right and left pilot
control towers towards operator.
unexpected machine movement. Always lock
hydraulics when not operating backhoe.
T162834B
3. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (2) to “Unlock”
position to enable pilot controls.
1—Pilot Control Wrist Rests
2—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
4. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to “Lock”
position to disable pilot controls.
NOTE: Alarm will sound and monitor will display “Hoe”
and “On” when pilot controls are enabled and seat
is not in backhoe position.
If pilot controls are automatically disabled, cycle
switch to “Lock” position and back to “Unlock”
Discharge hydraulic pressure from the pilot control system
before performing maintenance. See Discharge Pilot
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
HG31779,00001BB –19–02JAN03–1/1
2-2-10
101008
PN=67
Driving the Machine
–UN–05JUL00
unexpected machine movement. Machine will
turn in direction of brake pedal if only one
brake pedal is applied. Connect brake pedals
together before traveling at high speed.
T132020B
1. Engage brake pedal locking bar (A) to lock left and
right brake pedals (B and C) together. Keep brake
pedal locking bar engaged unless brakes are to be
used to aid in turning.
A—Brake Pedal Locking Bar
B—Left Brake Pedal
C—Right Brake Pedal
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance
of injury from an accident such as an overturn.
2. Fasten seat belt.
2-2-11
VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–1/3
101008
PN=68
3. Move engine speed control knob (H) to 1/3 speed and
start engine.
TX1013925A
–UN–23OCT06
NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,
and STOP indicator will light if Transmission
Control Lever (TCL) is moved out of NEUTRAL
while park brake is engaged. Disengage the park
brake before moving the TCL out of neutral.
If park brake is disengaged when engine is
stopped, it automatically engages. If engine is
then started with right half of the park brake
switch pushed, operator must push left half of
park brake switch, then push right half of park
brake switch to disengage park brake before
driving machine.
–UN–20DEC06
4. Push right half of park brake switch (F) to disengage
the park brake.
TX1013923A
unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
TCL and gearshift lever to keep machine from
moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.
D—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
E—Gear Range Pointer
F—Park Brake Switch
G—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
H—Engine Speed Control Knob
J—Key Switch
5. Use TCL (D) to change direction of travel.
• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.
• Move TCL to F to travel forward and to R to travel in
reverse.
• Move TCL to N when machine is not moving. TCL
will drop to a detented position when in neutral.
6. TCL/range lever also selects forward gear ranges 1, 2,
3, and 4 and reverse ranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourth
position in reverse provides the same speed range as
the third position.
• Rotate handle on TCL (D) to select gear position.
• Gear position is indicated by the gear range pointer
(E).
2-2-12
VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–2/3
101008
PN=69
7. Vary travel speed when driving using engine speed
control pedal (K).
TX1013924A
–UN–23OCT06
K—Engine Speed Control Pedal
VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–3/3
Cruise Control
TX1020480A
To set cruise control, use the engine speed control knob
(1) to set engine speed to desired level. Engine speed will
remain at that setting until brake pedals are depressed, at
which time engine speed will automatically return to idle.
In order to reengage cruise control, the engine speed
control knob must be returned to idle position and then
reset to desired speed.
–UN–13MAR07
When operating the machine with the seat facing the
steering wheel, cruise control can be activated by the
operator. This feature is useful for road travel, or when
traversing rough ground on a job site, where it is difficult
to maintain a steady speed with the accelerator pedal.
1—Engine Speed Control Knob
If the cruise control is set to a speed lower than high idle,
the accelerator pedal can be used to accelerate from the
selected speed setting up to high idle. If operator then
removes foot from accelerator pedal, speed will return to
the prior selected setting.
VD76477,00014B8 –19–16MAR07–1/1
2-2-13
101008
PN=70
Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift and
level the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers from
raised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).
TX1014050A
unexpected machine movement. Stabilizers
must be set on a firm surface. Do not dig under
stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine
movement when raising stabilizers and loader
bucket.
–UN–25OCT06
Operating Stabilizers
Stabilizer feet on 310J, 310SJ are reversible for use on
paved and unpaved surfaces. See Reversing Stabilizer
Feet—310J, 310SJ. (Section 4-1.)
T102200
–UN–24AUG96
A—Left Stabilizer Up
B—Left Stabilizer Down
C—Right Stabilizer Up
D—Right Stabilizer Down
VD76477,000113B –19–24OCT06–1/1
2-2-14
101008
PN=71
Operating Boom Lock
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,
unlock boom before operating backhoe.
Disengaging the Boom Lock
1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boom
lock (A).
–UN–19JUN00
2. Pull boom lock control lever (B) toward operator to
disengage boom lock from boom hooks (unlocked
position).
3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.
Release boom lock control lever.
T131772B
Engaging the Boom Lock
1. Pull boom lock control lever toward operator to raise
boom lock.
2. Raise boom against stops.
–UN–15JUN00
3. Release boom lock control lever to engage boom lock
with boom hooks (locked position).
T131758C
4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever to
release hydraulic pressure and put tension on boom
lock.
A—Boom Lock
B—Boom Lock Control Lever
T162770B
–UN–12DEC02
Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown
Optional Pilot Controls Shown
VD76477,00010CE –19–16OCT06–1/1
2-2-15
101008
PN=72
Operating Swing Lock
Remove swing lock pin (A) from swing lock mounting hole
(B) and install pin in storage position in operator’s station.
Engaging the Swing Lock
T132293B
Disengaging the Swing Lock
–UN–11JUL00
remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.
Remove swing lock pin from storage position in operator’s
station and install pin in swing lock mounting hole.
T131772C
–UN–19JUN00
A—Swing Lock Pin
B—Swing Lock Mounting Hole
VD76477,00011F0 –19–31OCT06–1/1
Operating Swing Lock Pin
remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.
CED,OUO1079,418 –19–07JUL00–1/1
2-2-16
101008
PN=73
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two-Lever
Controls
–UN–11JUL00
CAUTION: Several control patterns are available
for this backhoe. Always verify control
response before operating.
T132032B
Prevent possible personal injury from
unexpected machine movement. DO NOT
operate backhoe from outside the operator
station. Only operate when in the operator’s
seat in backhoe operation position with
stabilizers down.
IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not
swing boom into stabilizers.
NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation
position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is moved to F
or R.
–UN–11JUL00
A conversion kit for changing controls is available from
your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to other
controls MUST be installed.
T132029C
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,00011A0 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-17
101008
PN=74
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever
Controls
–UN–11JUL00
CAUTION: Several control patterns are available
for this backhoe. Always verify control
response before operating.
T132033B
Prevent possible personal injury from
unexpected machine movement. DO NOT
operate backhoe from outside the operator
station. Only operate when in the operator’s
seat in backhoe operation position with
stabilizers down.
IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not
swing boom into stabilizers.
NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation
position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if
Transmission Control Lever is moved to F or R.
–UN–11JUL00
A conversion kit for changing John Deere two-lever
controls to excavator two-lever controls is available from
your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the
controls MUST be installed.
T132029C
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,00011A1 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-18
101008
PN=75
T162842B
unexpected machine movement. Always lock
hydraulics when not operating backhoe. Never
place any part of body beyond window frame. It
could be crushed by the boom if boom control
lever is accidently bumped or otherwise
engaged. Make sure you know the location and
function of each control before operating.
–UN–12DEC02
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot
Controls
Never place any part of the body beyond the window
frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
The machine is factory equipped with the control pattern
shown.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must
correspond to the black-on-yellow labels located
on the cab post.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The
machine will remain positioned.
T132029C
–UN–11JUL00
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,000134A –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-19
101008
PN=76
T163835B
when not operating backhoe. Never place any
part of body beyond window frame. It could be
crushed by the boom if boom control lever is
accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
Make sure you know the location and function
of each control before operating.
–UN–13JAN03
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot
Controls
Never place any part of the body beyond the window
frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must
correspond to the black-on-white labels located on
the cab post.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The
machine will remain positioned.
T132029C
–UN–11JUL00
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,000134B –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-20
101008
PN=77
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped
–UN–11JUL00
Push extendible dipperstick control pedal with toe or heel
to extend (I) or retract (J) the extendible dipperstick.
T132032C
I—Extendible Dipperstick Extend
J—Extendible Dipperstick Retract
T162845B
–UN–12DEC02
T132029D
–UN–11JUL00
CED,OUO1079,419 –19–23JAN03–1/1
2-2-21
101008
PN=78
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With
Attachments
T103835
–UN–11OCT96
When using attachments, it is recommended to retract
extendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operating
hydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstick
extended may cause abnormal wear and stress on
dipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.
AM40430,0000072 –19–18FEB05–1/1
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If
Equipped
CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, always
install locking pin from ground.
Always lower backhoe to ground and stop engine before
removing or installing extendible dipperstick locking pin.
Disengaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock
–UN–19JUN00
1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick
locking pin (A).
T131775B
2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from locking
position (C) and install extendible dipperstick locking
pin in storage position (B).
3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking
pin.
A—Extendible Dipperstick Locking Pin
B—Storage Position
C—Locking Position
Engaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock
1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick
locking pin.
2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from storage
position and install extendible dipperstick locking pin in
locking position.
3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking
pin.
CED,OUO1079,412 –19–07JUL00–1/1
2-2-22
101008
PN=79
–UN–29AUG08
TX1047839A
TX1047838A
–UN–26AUG08
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped
–UN–29AUG08
TX1048098A
TX1047844A
–UN–28AUG08
A—Backhoe Auxiliary
Hydraulic Selective Flow
Switch
B—Backhoe Auxiliary
Hydraulic Selective Flow
Foot Switch
Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow
Switches
The backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow switch
(A) has three positions:
• Push upper half to activate the backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic selective flow.
• Toggle to middle position to transfer control to the
backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow foot
switch.
• Push lower half to deactivate the backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic selective flow.
C—Flow Selector Knob
auxiliary hydraulic selective flow foot switch (B) to
activate and deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachments.
Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
when no attachment is installed, when changing
attachments, or when installed attachments are not in
use.
Selective Flow Valve Adjustment
1. Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective
flow by pressing lower half of backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic selective flow switch (A).
When the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
switch is in the middle position, push the backhoe
2-2-23
ER93822,0000262 –19–02SEP08–1/2
101008
PN=80
•
•
•
•
•
•
IMPORTANT: To avoid potential machine damage,
machine must be “OFF” when
adjusting selective flow solenoid
control valve.
2. To adjust flow, rotate flow selector knob (C) until
the desired flow setting is observed. The six flow
settings are:
34
49
60
68
83
94
L/min
L/min
L/min
L/min
L/min
L/min
(9 gpm)
(13 gpm)
(16 gpm)
(18 gpm)
(22 gpm)
(25 gpm)
ER93822,0000262 –19–02SEP08–2/2
–UN–10SEP08
TX1048365A
TX1048366A
–UN–10SEP08
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Functions—If Equipped
Manual Controls Shown
1—Fifth-Function Pedal
2—Sixth-Function Pedal
Fifth-Function Pedal
Sixth-Function Pedal
Operate fifth-function pedal (1) to control the
attachment. See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachment operator’s manual for more information.
Operate sixth-function pedal (2) to control the
attachment. See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachment operator’s manual for more information.
NOTE: Fifth-function pedal will operate extendible
dipperstick if equipped.
ER93822,0000263 –19–05SEP08–1/1
2-2-24
101008
PN=81
Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped
Push appropriate auxiliary hydraulic function control
pedal (1 or 2) with heal or toe to open (4) or close (3)
hydraulic thumb.
JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–1/3
NOTE: Hydraulic thumb control pedal may change
location based on if machine is equipped with
extendible dipperstick. If equipped with extendible
dipperstick the left auxiliary hydraulic function
control pedal will operate thumb. If equipped with
standard dipperstick the right auxiliary hydraulic
control pedal will operate thumb.
TX1047774A
–UN–04SEP08
3—Close Thumb
4—Open Thumb
Hydraulic Thumb Movement
2-2-25
JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–2/3
101008
PN=82
–UN–04SEP08
TX1048220A
TX1048226A
–UN–04SEP08
Manual Controls Shown
1—Left Auxiliary Hydraulic
Function Control Pedal
2—Right Auxiliary Hydraulic
Function Control Pedal (or
Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped)
3—Close Thumb
4—Open Thumb
JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–3/3
Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from
unexpected machine movement. Ensure coupler
is attached properly to attachment.
Locking Coupler:
2-2-26
VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–1/3
101008
PN=83
1. Position machine and coupler to pick up desired
attachment.
–UN–09APR07
2. Move the adjustable coupler hook (3) by turning the
hex head (5) clockwise into the fully retracted position.
3. Lower front coupler hook (4) to pin (2).
TX1021632A
4. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off the
ground.
5. Lower adjustable coupler hook to pin (1).
IMPORTANT: Do not torque hex head to greater than
270 N•m (200 lb-ft).
–UN–09APR07
6. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanism
counterclockwise until the adjustable coupler hook
contacts the back pin.
TX1021636A
CAUTION: Ensure the supplement hex lock is
engaged. If this is not locked over the hex head,
the screw can turn and the attachment can fall
off.
7. Visually check the coupler to verify that both hooks are
firmly in contact with the attachment pins. Ensure the
supplemental lock (6) is engaged.
1—Pin
2—Pin
3—Adjustable Coupler Hook
4—Front Coupler Hook
5—Hex Head
6—Supplemental Lock
8. Verify the attachment is properly locked by performing
a ground test before using.
9. Place the bucket on the ground and uncurl to ensure
the attachment is secured to the coupler.
Unlocking Coupler:
1. Position machine and coupler to disconnect from the
attachment.
2. Rotate the coupler so that the center of the attachment
pin (2) and center of the adjustable coupler hook are in
line.
3. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off the
ground.
2-2-27
VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–2/3
101008
PN=84
4. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanism
clockwise until the adjustable coupler hook is clear
from the back pin. Loosen the screw mechanism with
the hand rachet to fully release the attachment pin
from the coupler.
5. Keeping the attachment close to the ground, slowly
retract the bucket cylinder.
6. With the attachment flat on the ground, uncurl the
coupler from the attachment. Assure the attachment is
on a flat, stable surface and will not move when
released from the coupler.
VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–3/3
2-2-28
101008
PN=85
Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped
–UN–18JAN06
unexpected machine motion. The attachment
could fall if not properly installed to loader
coupler. Operator must be aware of all
bystanders at the worksite.
TX1002790A
1. Position machine on firm, level ground.
2. Lower boom. Stop machine.
3. Push in and lift loader coupler switch (1) to the “unlock”
position to retract coupler pins. Loader coupler pin
indicator (2) will illuminate and chime will sound.
–UN–26OCT06
4. Operate bucket control to move coupler frame forward.
TX1014133A
5. Drive forward. Guide top of coupler frame into
attachment mounting hooks.
6. Raise boom. Tilt mounting frame rearward until
attachment is against coupler.
7. Push coupler switch down to the “lock” position to
engage coupler pins. Indicator light will turn off and
chime will stop sounding.
8. Raise boom. Visually inspect attachment to verify that
loader coupler pin plate (3) is pressed against the
loader coupler structure (4) and that the pins are
engaged in attachment mounting holes.
Left Side Shown
1—Loader
2—Loader
3—Loader
4—Loader
Coupler
Coupler
Coupler
Coupler
Pin Indicator—If Equipped
Pin Plate (1 on each side)
Structure (1 on each side)
NOTE: If attachment is not properly latched, disconnect
and attach again.
VD76477,0001142 –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-29
101008
PN=86
Operating Loader
T131727D
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader
boom while the engine hood is open.
Always close the engine hood fully
before moving the front loader boom, or
severe damage to the engine hood will
occur. See Opening and Closing Engine
Hood. (Section 3-2.)
–UN–21JUL00
IMPORTANT: Operate loader facing forward in the
operator’s seat only.
Optional Three-Function Controls Shown
NOTE: Loader control lever will return to neutral if
released during normal loader operation.
Push lever in following directions for corresponding loader
movements:
NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Float” when
moved fully forward (A). Loader control lever will
stay in “Float” until it is manually moved.
–UN–11JUL00
NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Return-to-Dig”
when bucket is dumped and lever is moved fully
left (C). Lever will return to neutral when bucket is
in dig position.
Use the “Float” and “Return-to-Dig” detents at the same
time to quickly position the front loader bucket for loading,
as when driving into a pile of material. When front loader
boom and bucket are in correct position, the loader control
lever will automatically release from “Return-to-Dig”
detent, but will remain in “Float” detent.
T132341B
Loader control lever will give resistance when
boom is raised and lever is held in “Bucket
Roll-Back” (C). Lever will return to neutral when
bucket is self-leveled.
A—Boom Lower and Float
B—Boom Raise
C—Bucket Roll-Back and Return-to-Dig
D—Bucket Dump
For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desired
direction, run engine at fast idle, and move boom and
bucket at same time.
VD76477,000138B –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-30
101008
PN=87
Operating Differential Lock
TX1013734A
Prevent injury from unexpected machine
movement. When poor traction results in one
rear tire spinning, slow the tire’s rotation before
engaging differential lock. Internal axle damage
can occur if lock is applied with one rear wheel
spinning at high speed.
–UN–18OCT06
CAUTION: Prevent injury from loss of machine
control. DO NOT engage differential lock when
driving at high speed, or steering will be
limited.
1—Differential Lock Switch
Press down and hold differential lock switch (1) to lock the
rear differential. When rear differential is locked, both rear
wheels turn at the same speed.
Unequal traction will keep the rear differential locked. If
the differential lock foot switch is released, the differential
lock disengages automatically when traction evens out.
Hold differential lock switch continuously to keep rear
differential locked when traction is even.
ER93822,0000076 –19–18DEC07–1/1
2-2-31
101008
PN=88
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD)—If Equipped
TX1013937A
–UN–23OCT06
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage.
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)
can be engaged and disengaged while
driving, except in cases of unequal
traction. Machine must be stopped
before engaging MFWD during unequal
traction.
NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tire
wear, operate MFWD only when needed.
–UN–26OCT06
To achieve best MFWD performance, be sure
front tires are inflated to proper air pressure. See
Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
Push MFWD switch (1) up to engage MFWD drive shaft.
MFWD indicator (2) will remain lit while MFWD is
engaged.
TX1013996A
NOTE: Whenever the TCL is in the 4F position, MFWD
will be automatically disengaged. However, in
effort to increase braking performance, MFWD will
automatically engage in 4F whenever the service
brakes are applied.
1—MFWD Switch
2—MFWD Indicator
Push MFWD switch down to disengage MFWD.
ER93822,0000077 –19–18DEC07–1/1
2-2-32
101008
PN=89
Lifting
–UN–03NOV06
CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Never
move load over person’s head. DO NOT allow
any persons near the load. Keep all persons
away from raised load until blocks are
supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling to
buckets at positions shown. For capacities of backhoe
see Miscellaneous—Specifications. (Section 4-6.)
TX1014618A
Ensure chain/sling is in good condition and is
rated for load being lifted.
Lifting With Front Loader
–UN–03NOV06
2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use long
enough line to ensure that person holding it is a safe
distance from load.
3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:
TX1014625A
NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground
50 mm (2 in.) and ensure machine is level. If
ground is soft, place boards or other wide support
under stabilizer feet to increase stability.
Lifting With Backhoe
a. Park machine close to load.
b. Attach load to chain/sling.
c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.
d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to one
side.
e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend it
away from machine.
If there is any indication of reduced stability of the
machine, lower load to the ground and make necessary
adjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Do
not lift load until machine can perform test at acceptable
level.
VD76477,0001207 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-33
101008
PN=90
Parking the Machine
TX1002777A
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger, if equipped, may be
damaged if engine is not properly shut
down.
–UN–18JAN06
IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been
operating at working load, idle at 1/3
speed for 1—2 minutes to cool hot
parts. If engine stalls while operating
under load, restart immediately and idle
at 1/3 speed for 1—2 minutes before
stopping to allow coolant to continue
circulating through engine.
A—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Lower all equipment to ground.
3. Move Transmission Control Lever (TCL) (A) to N.
VD76477,000112D –19–26OCT06–1/2
–UN–20DEC06
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) and gearshift
lever to keep machine from moving. Always
engage park brake to hold machine.
TX1013938A
4. Push left half of park brake switch (B) to engage park
brake.
5. Move engine speed control knob (D) to 1/3 speed and
run engine with no load for 1—2 minutes.
6. Move engine speed control knob to slow idle.
7. Turn key switch (E) to “Off” to stop engine. Remove
key from key switch.
B—Park Brake Switch
C—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
D—Engine Speed Control Knob
E—Key Switch
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control levers
until equipment does not move.
VD76477,000112D –19–26OCT06–2/2
2-2-34
101008
PN=91
Loading Machine on a Trailer
8. Stop engine.
1. Keep trailer bed clean. Put wheel chocks against
trailer wheels.
2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong
enough, have a low angle, and correct height. Load
and unload machine on a level surface.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system
damage. Fasten chains or cables to
machine at proper locations.
3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow
engine to run for several minutes.
9. Fasten chains or cables from trailer to frame
tie-downs. Do not route chains or cables over or
against hydraulic lines or hoses.
4. Install the extendible dipperstick locking pin, if
equipped, and engage the backhoe swing lock.
10. Fasten backhoe bucket to trailer with chains or
cables to prevent movement during transport.
5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline
of machine over centerline of trailer.
11. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to
keep dust and rain out of pipe.
6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.
7. Lower backhoe boom until bucket rests on trailer
bed.
HG31779,000007C –19–31AUG05–1/1
2-2-35
101008
PN=92
Towing
IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.
Damage to transmission may result. DO
NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/hr
(6 mph) or any longer than 1 hour.
Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,
use the following procedure:
1. Stop engine.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from
unexpected machine movement. Block wheels
to prevent machine movement before
disengaging park brake.
2. Block tires securely.
3. Attach towing machine and towed machine as closely
together as possible with chains.
4. If your machine is equipped with mechanical front
wheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.
5. Move gearshift lever and Transmission Control Lever
(TCL) to N.
VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–1/3
6. Remove front half of rubber mat from floor of
operator’s station. Remove cap screws (A) and cab
floor access plate (B).
TX1013758A
–UN–18OCT06
A—Cap Screw (4 used)
B—Cab Floor Access Plate
2-2-36
VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–2/3
101008
PN=93
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brake
assembly from heat build-up, park
brake must be manually disengaged.
–UN–13JUL00
7. Release park brake manually for towing. Loosen hex
nuts (B) and turn both park brake adjustment cap
screws (A) completely in.
T132351B
8. Remove blocks from tires and tow machine.
9. When towing is completed, block tires and engage
park brake to hold machine. Turn both park brake
adjustment cap screws out to specification (C) as
illustrated.
–UN–10SEP96
Specification
Park Brake Adjustment Cap
Screw-to-Park Brake Housing—
Distance ..................................................................................... 27 + 1 mm
1.06 + 0.04 in.
10. Tighten hex nuts to lock cap screws in position.
T102655
11. Install central floor access plate and rubber floor mat.
12. Install front axle drive shaft, if removed.
A—Park Brake Adjustment Cap Screw (2 used)
B—Hex Nut (2 used)
C—Specification
VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–3/3
2-2-37
101008
PN=94
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are
recommended. Renewable diesel is basically identical
to petroleum diesel fuel that is created by
Hydrotreating fats and oils. Renewable diesel that
meets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at
all percentage mixture levels.
Required fuel properties
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following
properties:
Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for
temperatures below –20°C (–4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft).
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least
5°C (9°F) below the expected lowest temperature or
Cloud Point below the expected lowest ambient
temperature.
Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter
of 0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO
12156-1.
Sulfur content:
• Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must
comply with all existing emissions regulations for the
area in which the engine operates.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than
0.10% (1000 ppm) is STRONGLY recommended.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000
ppm) to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED
oil and filter change intervals as shown in the table.
• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
dealer.
IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or
any other type of lubricating oil with
diesel fuel.
IMPORTANT: Improper fuel additive usage may
cause damage on fuel injection
equipment of diesel engines.
DX,FUEL1 –19–05OCT07–1/1
3-1-1
101008
PN=95
Biodiesel Fuel
Request a certificate of analysis from your fuel
distributor to ensure that the fuel is compliant with the
above specifications.
Biodiesel is a fuel comprised of mono-alkyl esters of
long chain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or
animal fats. Biodiesel blends are biodiesel mixed with
petroleum diesel fuel on a volume basis.
Biodiesel users in the U.S. are strongly encouraged to
purchase biodiesel blends from a BQ-9000 Certified
Marketer and sourced from a BQ-9000 Accredited
Producer (as certified by the National Biodiesel Board).
Certified Marketers and Accredited Producers can be
found at the following website: http://www.bq-9000.org.
While 5% blends are preferred (B5), biodiesel
concentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleum
diesel fuel can be used in all John Deere engines.
Biodiesel blends up to B20 can be used ONLY if the
biodiesel (100% biodiesel or B100) meets ASTM
D6751 (US), EN 14214 (EU), or equivalent
specification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a
3% reduction in fuel economy when using B20.
The petroleum diesel portion of biodiesel blends must
meet the requirements of ASTM D975 (US) or EN 590
(EU) commercial standards.
Biodiesel blends up to B20 must be used within 90
days of the date of biodiesel manufacture. Biodiesel
blends from B21 to B100 must be used within 45 days
of the date of biodiesel manufacture.
When using biodiesel fuel, the engine oil level must be
checked daily. If oil becomes diluted with fuel, shorten
oil change intervals. Refer to Diesel Engine Oil and
Filter Service Intervals for more details regarding
biodiesel and engine oil change intervals.
The following must be considered when using
biodiesel blends up to B20:
John Deere approved fuel conditioners containing
detergent/dispersant additives are recommended when
using lower biodiesel blends, but are required when
using blends of B20 or greater.
John Deere engines can also operate on biodiesel
blends above B20 (up to 100% biodiesel) ONLY if the
biodiesel meets the EN 14214 specification (primarily
available in Europe). Engines operating on biodiesel
blends above B20 may not fully comply with all
applicable emissions regulations. Expect up to a 12%
reduction in power and an 18% reduction in fuel
economy when using 100% biodiesel. John Deere
approved fuel conditioners containing
detergent/dispersant additives are required.
Consult your John Deere dealer for approved biodiesel
fuel conditioners to improve storage and performance
with biodiesel fuels.
• Cold weather flow degradation
• Stability and storage issues (moisture absorption,
oxidation, microbial growth)
• Possible filter restriction and plugging (usually a
problem when first switching to biodiesel on used
engines.)
• Possible fuel leakage through seals and hoses
• Possible reduction of service life of engine
components
The following must also be considered when using
biodiesel blends above B20.
• Possible coking and/or blocked injector nozzles,
resulting in power loss and engine misfire if John
Deere approved fuel conditioners containing
detergent/dispersant additives are not used
• Possible crankcase oil dilution, requiring more
frequent oil changes
• Possible corrosion of fuel injection equipment
• Possible lacquering and/or seizure of internal
components
• Possible formation of sludge and sediments
• Possible thermal oxidation of fuel at elevated
temperatures
• Possible elastomer seal and gasket material
degradation ( primarily an issue with older engines)
3-1-2
DX,FUEL7 –19–04OCT07–1/2
101008
PN=96
• Possible compatibility issues with other materials
(including copper, lead, zinc, tin, brass, and bronze)
used in fuel systems and fuel handling equipment
• Possible reduction in water separator efficiency
• Potential high acid levels within fuel system
• Possible damage to paint if exposed to biodiesel
IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils are NOT
acceptable for use as fuel in any
concentration in John Deere
engines. Their use could cause
engine failure.
DX,FUEL7 –19–04OCT07–2/2
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner
When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines
used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.
If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.
TX,45,JC2126 –19–15AUG97–1/1
3-1-3
101008
PN=97
Testing Diesel Fuel
DIESELSCAN is a John Deere fuel analysis program
that can be used to monitor the quality of your fuel. The
DIESELSCAN analysis verifies fuel type, cleanliness,
water content, suitability for cold weather operation, and
whether the fuel meets specifications.
Check with your John Deere dealer for availability of
DIESELSCAN kits.
DIESELSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,FUEL6 –19–14NOV05–1/1
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
the fuel tank when engine is running.
DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
service the fuel system.
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation to
prevent water condensation and freezing during cold
weather.
Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to
minimize condensation.
Monitor water content of the fuel regularly.
When using bio-diesel fuel, the fuel filter may require
more frequent replacement due to premature plugging.
Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. A
rising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine
oil.
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there
is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to
stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installed
properly to prevent moisture from entering.
VD76477,000171B –19–17DEC07–1/1
3-1-4
101008
PN=98
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants
Avoid mixing different brands or types of oils. Oil
manufacturers blend base stock and additives to
create their oils and to meet certain specifications and
performance requirements. Mixing different oils can
interfere with proper functioning of these formulations
and degrade lubricant performance.
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require
lubricant recommendations different from those printed
in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and
lubricants may not be available in your location.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
performance requirements as shown in this manual.
Consult your authorized John Deere dealer to obtain
specific information and recommendations.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in
this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic
oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the
finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
AM40430,00000AA –19–08JAN08–1/1
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil
New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period,
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed to
maintain the specified oil level.
Change the oil and filter after the first 250 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50
or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
manual.
IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engine
oils meeting any of the following
during the first 250 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine:
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL.
API
API
API
API
API
API
API
API
If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available,
use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the following
during the first 250 hours of operation:
•
•
•
•
•
API Service Classification CE
API Service Classification CD
API Service Classification CC
ACEA Oil Sequence E2
CJ-4
CI-4 PLUS
CI-4
CH-4
CG-4
CF-4
CF-2
CF
ACEA
ACEA
ACEA
ACEA
ACEA
E7
E6
E5
E4
E3
These oils will not allow the engine
to break-in properly.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.
VD76477,0001319 –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-1-5
101008
PN=99
Sequence
Sequence
Sequence
Sequence
E7
E6
E5
E4
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere
PLUS-50, ACEA E7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4
engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere dealer for
more information.
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
40 o C
104o F
30 o C
86 o F
20 o C
68 o F
10 o C
50 o F
0o C
32 o F
-10 o C
14 o F
-20 o C
-4 o F
-30 o C
-22 o F
-40 o C
-40 o F
–UN–18JUL07
Oil
Oil
Oil
Oil
122o F
TS1687
ACEA
ACEA
ACEA
ACEA
SAE 0W-40
•
•
•
•
SAE 5W-30
Oils meeting one of the following specifications are also
recommended:
SAE 10W-30
SAE-15W-40
John Deere PLUS-50 oil is preferred.
SAE 10W-40
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature
range during the period between oil changes.
50 o C
SAE 40
Diesel Engine Oil
SAE 30
Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges
John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME
API Service Category CJ-4
API Service Category CI-4 PLUS
API Service Category CI-4
API Service Category CH-4
API Service Category CG-4
API Service Category CF-4
If oils meeting API CG-4, API CF-4, or ACEA E2 are
used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply
with all existing emissions regulations for the area in
which the engine operates.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.50% (5000
ppm) is used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company
3-1-6
DX,ENOIL –19–06APR07–1/2
101008
PN=100
DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than
1.00% (10 000 ppm).
DX,ENOIL –19–06APR07–2/2
Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals
The oil and filter service intervals in the table below
should be used as guidelines because actual service
intervals also depend on operation and maintenance
practices. It is suggested that oil analysis be used prior
to each oil change to be certain the proper oil and filter
service interval is selected.
Oil and filter change intervals are based on oil pan
capacity, type of oil and filter used, and sulfur content
of the diesel fuel.
Refer to the following table for oil and filter service
intervals.
3-1-7
MB60223,0000008 –19–25JAN08–1/2
101008
PN=101
Oil and Filter Service Intervals
Standard Oil Pan
a
Fuel Sulfur Level
Extended Drain
Oil Pan b
Less than 1000 ppm (0.10%)
With Standard
Oil
250 hours
250 hours
With Premium
Oil
375 hours
500 hours
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at normal interval
Fuel Sulfur Level
1000 to 5000 ppm (0.10 to 0.50%)
With Standard
Oil
150 hours
150 hours
With Premium
Oil
250 hours
250 hours
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at 150 hour
interval
Use premium oil
Know what sulfur level you are fueling with - sample fuel at 500
hour interval
Fuel Sulfur Level
5000 to 10,000 ppm (0.50 to 1.00%)
With Standard
Oil
100 hours
100 hours
With Premium
Oil
150 hours
150 hours
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at 100 hour
interval
Use premium oil
Know what sulfur level you are fueling with - sample fuel at 500
hour interval
a
Oil pans with option codes 1909, 1914, 1915 or 1916 (lower
power levels) <200 HP
b
Oil pans with option codes 1911 or 1916 (higher power levels) >
200 HP
The level of sulfur will directly relate to the level of
contaminants in the oil and exhaust which if left
unattended could lead to intake components (valves,
ports, etc.) being caked with soot and accelerated
cylinder and bearing wear. Bearing wear becomes
more critical as oil Total Base Number (TBN) is
depleted. In order to minimize the effect of high sulfur
fuels on the internal components of our engines the
following recommendations are being shared.
• Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must
comply with all existing emissions regulations for the
area in which the engine operates. Ask your retailer
what sulfur content he is providing.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than
0.10% (1000 ppm) is STRONGLY recommended.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000
ppm to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED
oil and filter change intervals. . Use condition based
maintenance to determine what your oil change
interval should be. (see chart).
• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
dealer.
• If you must use diesel fuel with sulfur content
greater than 1.0%, reduce your oil change intervals.
Use condition based maintenance to determine what
your oil change interval should be.
Oil types (premium or standard) are as follows:
• “Premium Oils” include John Deere PLUS-50,
ACEA E6, or ACEA E7 oils, and assume the use of
a specified John Deere oil filter.
• “Standard Oils” include John Deere TORQ-GARD
SUPREME, API CI-4 PLUS, API CI-4, ACEA E4,
or ACEA E5 oils.
Fuel Sulfur Level:
MB60223,0000008 –19–25JAN08–2/2
3-1-8
101008
PN=102
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front
Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil
The following oils are preferred:
• John Deere HY-GARD
• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D
TS1660
Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is
required:
• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
VD76477,00010CF –19–17JUL07–1/1
Hydraulic Oil
The following oil is preferred:
• John Deere PLUS-50
The following oil is also recommended:
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following:
API Service Classification CH-4
API Service Classification CG-4
API Service Classification CF-4
ACEA Specification E3
ACEA Specification E2
TX1017022
•
•
•
•
•
–UN–21DEC06
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME
VD76477,00010D0 –19–04APR07–1/1
3-1-9
101008
PN=103
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the
expected air temperature range during the service interval.
John Deere Moly High Temperature/EP Grease is
preferred.
The following greases are also recommended:
TX1015577
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are
not compatible with others. Consult
your grease supplier before mixing
different types of grease.
–19–12DEC06
• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease containing 3-5%
molybdenum disulfide
• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease
VD76477,00012D0 –19–15MAR07–1/1
3-1-10
101008
PN=104
Diesel Engine Coolant
The engine cooling system is filled to provide
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C
(-34°F). If protection at lower temperatures is required,
consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
preferred for service.
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
available in a concentration of either 50% ethylene
glycol or 55% propylene glycol.
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for
heavy-duty engines may also be used if they meet one
of the following specifications:
• ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base prediluted (50%)
coolant
• ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D4985 require an initial
charge of supplemental coolant additives, formulated
for protection of heavy duty diesel engines against
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. They
also require periodic replenishment of additives during
the drain interval.
Additional recommended coolants
The following engine coolant is also recommended:
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality
water.
Other coolants
John Deere COOL-GARD coolants do not require use
of supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Other fully formulated coolants
Other fully formulated low silicate ethylene or
propylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines
may be used if they meet one of the following
specifications:
It is possible that neither John Deere COOL-GARD nor
coolants meeting one of the coolant standards listed
above is available in the geographical area where
service is performed. If these coolants are unavailable,
use a coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant with a
quality additive package that provides cylinder liner
cavitation protection and protects the cooling system
metals (cast iron, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys
such as brass) from corrosion.
The additive package must be part of one of the
following coolant mixtures:
• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted
(40% to 60%) coolant
• ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
• ASTM D6210 prediluted (50%) coolant
• ASTM D6210 coolant concentrate in a 40% to 60%
mixture of concentrate with quality water
Coolants meeting ASTM D6210 do not require use of
supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval.
Water quality
Coolants requiring supplemental coolant additives
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
3-1-11
DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–1/2
101008
PN=105
Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
IMPORTANT: Do not mix ethylene glycol and
propylene glycol base coolants.
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–2/2
3-1-12
101008
PN=106
Service Machine at Specified Intervals
–UN–13JUL00
Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments at
intervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (A),
greasing maintenance chart (B), and in the maintenance
sections.
Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are for
normal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions,
service at shorter intervals.
T132353B
Perform service on items at multiples of the original
requirement. For example, at 500 hours also service those
items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,
and 10 hours or daily.
A—Periodic Maintenance Chart
B—Greasing Maintenance Chart
CED,OUO1079,418 –19–14DEC06–1/1
Check Hour Meter Regularly
–UN–26OCT06
Check the hour meter in the display window to determine
when the machine needs periodic maintenance.
TX1013759A
To check the hour meter, turn the key switch on and
press the SELECT button until the hour meter is
displayed.
To check the hour meter with the key switch off, press
and hold the SELECT button.
1—Hour Meter
VD76477,00010F9 –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-2-1
101008
PN=107
Prepare Machine for Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can
threaten the environment and
ecology. Potentially harmful waste
used with John Deere equipment
includes such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and
batteries. Do not pour waste onto
the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Before performing procedures in the maintenance
chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park
the machine, and release hydraulic pressure.
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death
from unexpected machine movement.
Always install the loader boom service lock,
or lower the front loader boom fully to the
ground, and move control levers to release
hydraulic pressure before working near the
front of the machine. See Loader Boom
Service Lock in this section for installation
instructions.
Raise the front loader boom and install the loader
boom service lock before performing maintenance in
the engine compartment. See Loader Boom Service
Lock in this section.
If the machine is equipped with ride control, discharge
hydraulic pressure from the ride control system before
performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride Control
System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
CED,OUO1079,419 –19–18JAN02–1/1
Engine Identification
Use the following information to identify the engine as
either a Tier 3, Tier 2 or non-regulated engine.
3-2-2
VD76477,0001759 –19–08FEB08–1/4
101008
PN=108
Tier 3 Engine Component Identification
Machines equipped with Tier 3 engines have surge tank
(1) mounted at rear of engine compartment and charge air
cooler (2) on top right side of engine.
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 3 engine machines have a different placement of
muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier 2 and
non-regulated engines.
TX1035275A
1—Surge Tank
2—Charge Air Cooler
3—Muffler
4—Air Cleaner
TX1035274A
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 3 Engine (left side view)
TX1035278A
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 3 Engine (right side view)
Tier 3 Engine (detail)
3-2-3
VD76477,0001759 –19–08FEB08–2/4
101008
PN=109
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine Component
Identification
Machines equipped with a Tier 2 or non-regulated engine
have surge tank (1) mounted at front of engine
compartment, and do not use a charge air cooler.
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 3 engine machines have a different placement of
muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier 2 and
non-regulated engines.
TX1035276A
1—Surge Tank
3—Muffler
4—Air Cleaner
TX1035277A
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (left side view)
TX1035279A
–UN–23JAN08
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (right side view)
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (detail)
3-2-4
VD76477,0001759 –19–08FEB08–3/4
101008
PN=110
Engine Serial and Model Number Identification
–UN–23JAN08
The engine serial number plate (7) is located on the right
rear of the engine block.
TX1035401A
The fifth digit of the engine model number can be used to
identify an engine as either Tier 3, Tier 2 or non-regulated
based on aspiration method for this machine application.
Engine Model Number
4045HT054
H ..................................................
Turbocharger and air-to-water
aftercooled (Tier 3 engine)
4045TT095
T ..................................................
Turbocharged, no aftercooling
(Tier 2 and non-regulated engine)
Engine Serial Number Plate Location
TX1035303
–UN–29JAN08
5—Engine Serial Number
6—Engine Model Number
7—Engine Serial Number Plate
TX1035305
–UN–29JAN08
Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 3 Engine
Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
VD76477,0001759 –19–08FEB08–4/4
3-2-5
101008
PN=111
Loader Boom Service Lock
Install loader boom service lock when front loader
must be raised for service procedures.
5. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin, and lower
loader boom service lock onto cylinder rod.
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader
boom while the engine hood is open.
Always close the engine hood fully
before moving the front loader
boom, or severe damage to the
engine hood will occur.
6. Install retaining pin and cotter pin to attach loader
boom service lock on cylinder rod.
7. Slowly lower boom until its weight settles onto the
loader boom service lock.
Removing the Loader Boom Service Lock
Installing the Loader Boom Service Lock
2. Empty loader bucket and move bucket to dump
position.
3. Raise boom until loader boom service lock can fit
over cylinder rod.
4. Stop engine.
2. Start engine and raise boom slightly to allow
clearance between loader boom service lock and
cylinder.
3. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin.
4. Lift loader boom service lock to storage position,
and install retaining pin and cotter pin to retain.
HG31779,000007D –19–14MAY02–1/1
3-2-6
101008
PN=112
NOTE: The engine hood can be partially opened when
the front loader boom is lowered fully to the
ground. To fully open the engine hood, the front
loader boom must be fully raised and the loader
boom service lock must be installed.
TX1013950A
Push hood tilt latch (1) and lift hood to open.
TX1013942A
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower front loader boom
while the engine hood is open. Always
close engine hood fully before moving
front loader boom, or severe damage to
hood will occur.
–UN–23OCT06
unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.
–UN–23OCT06
Opening and Closing Engine Hood
Pull hood support (2) and slowly lower hood to close.
1—Hood Tilt Latch
2—Hood Support
VD76477,0001132 –19–20OCT06–1/1
Fuel Tank
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is
hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while filling fuel tank or working on
fuel system.
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each
day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.
Specification
Fuel Tank—Capacity ......................................................................... 155 L
41 gal
VD76477,00011F7 –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-2-7
101008
PN=113
Maintenance and Repair Record Keeping
System
The checklist in this section summarizes scheduled
maintenance, and parts and oil required at each
maintenance interval.
Use the checklist to:
• Remind you to perform machine maintenance at
specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.
T7511CO
Do not tear out or mark on checklist in this section; keep it
to make extra copies.
–UN–27JUN91
As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the
list and record date and hour meter reading.
TX,50,FF2898 –19–27SEP07–1/1
3-2-8
101008
PN=114
Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and 3-Way
Coolant Test Kit
TX1003513A
–UN–20FEB06
Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and the 3-Way Coolant
Test Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help
you monitor machine maintenance and system condition.
The objective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure
machine availability when you need it and to reduce repair
costs by identifying potential problems before they
become critical.
T111410
–UN–16SEP97
Engine, hydraulic, power train, and coolant samples
should be taken from each system on a periodic basis,
usually prior to a filter and/or fluid change interval. Certain
systems require more frequent sampling. Consult your
authorized John Deere dealer on a maintenance program
for your specific application. Your authorized John Deere
dealer has the sampling products and expertise to assist
you in lowering your overall operating costs through fluid
sampling.
3-Way Coolant Test Kit
AM40430,00002FE –19–14JAN08–1/1
3-2-9
101008
PN=115
Service Intervals
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check and adjust backhoe boom lock
Check loader boom lock
Inspect tires and check pressure
Check wheel fasteners
Clean or replace cab fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped)
Inspect and clean hydraulic reservoir fill screen
Drain water and sediment from fuel tank
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clean or replace engine air filter elements
Clean air cleaner dust unloader valve
Inspect belt
Drain water and sediment from water separator
Drain water and sediment from final fuel filter (Tier 3 engines only)
Grease non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)
Grease MFWD drive shaft spline (if equipped)
Every 10 Hours or Daily
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check hydraulic reservoir oil level
Check engine oil level
Check coolant level
Grease loader pivot points
Grease stabilizer pivots and cylinder pins
Grease backhoe coupler mechanical jack (if equipped)
Grease
Grease
Grease
Grease
Grease
backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends
MFWD front axle U-joints (if equipped)
loader quick coupler (if equipped)
front axle pivot pin
4-in-1 bucket pivots (if equipped)
Every 50 Hours
• Check transmission oil level
• Grease backhoe coupler fittings (if equipped)
Initial Service - 250 Hours*
• Change engine break-in oil and replace filter
* Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours of
operation.
3-2-10
VD76477,00010D1 –19–11AUG08–1/2
101008
PN=116
Model: 310J and 310SJ
PIN/Serial Number:
Customer:
Delivery Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information
you supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
Every 250 Hours
❒ Check MFWD planetary housing oil level (if equipped)
❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level (if equipped)
❒ Check battery electrolyte level and tighten terminals
❒ Check rear axle oil level
❒ Take engine oil sample, 250 hours (recommended), 500 hours
(maximum)
❒ Take hydraulic oil sample
Every 500 Hours
❒
❒
❒
❒
❒
Check coolant conditioner
Check air intake hose
Check boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque
Clean engine crankcase vent tube (Tier 3 engine only)
Take diesel fuel sample
❒ Take rear axle oil sample
❒ Drain, refill engine oil and replace engine oil filter
❒ Replace final fuel filter
❒ Replace primary fuel filter (Tier 3 engine only)
❒ Take transmission oil sample
❒ Take engine oil sample, 250 hours (recommended), 500 hours
(maximum)
❒ Take engine coolant sample
Every 1000 Hours
❒ Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings (if
❒ Replace engine air filter elements
equipped)
❒ Check engine speed
❒ Replace hydraulic oil filter
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Replace fuel breather
❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather
❒ Drain and refill transmission and torque converter oil
❒ Replace transmission oil filter
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube (Tier 2 and non-regulated engines only)
Every 2000 Hours
❒ Adjust engine valve lash
❒ Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir oil
❒ Drain and refill MFWD planetary housing oil (if equipped)
❒ Drain and refill rear axle and planetary oil
❒ Drain and refill MFWD front axle housing oil (if equipped)
VD76477,00010D1 –19–11AUG08–2/2
Required Parts
REQUIRED PARTS
Ensure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
3-2-11
VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–1/3
101008
PN=117
Part
Number
Initial
Service 250 Hours
Engine Oil Filter
RE504836
1
Primary Fuel Filter (HT054-Tier 3 engine)
RE529643
Final Fuel Filter (HT054-Tier 3 engine)
Every 500
Hours
Every 1000
Hours
Every 2000
Hours
1
1
1
1
1
1
RE522878
1
1
1
Final Fuel Filter
(Tier 2 and non-regulated engines)
RE509031
1
1
1
Hydraulic Oil Filter
AT308274
1
1
Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter
AT101565
1
1
Air Filter (Primary) (HT054-Tier 3 engine)
AT332908
1
1
Air Filter (Primary) (Tier 2 and non-regulated
engines)
KV16429
1
1
Description
Every 250
Hours
Air Filter (Secondary) (HT054-Tier 3 engine)
AT332909
1
1
Air Filter (Secondary) (Tier 2 and non-regulated
engines)
AT171854
1
1
Fuel Breather
AM107314
1
1
Engine Rocker Arm Cover Gasket
R123542
Transmission Filter
AT179323
1
1
Cab Fresh Air Filter
AT191102
Cab Recirculation Filter
AT184590
As Needed
Coolant Conditioner
TY16004
As Needed
PLUS-50 Oil
TY6389*
13 L
(3.5 gal)
13 L
(3.5 gal)
13 L
(3.5 gal)
PLUS-50 Hydraulic Oil
TY6389*
1
As Needed
13 L
(3.5 gal)
37 L (9.8
gal)
HY-GARD Transmission Oil:
Transmission
TY6354*
15 L
(4.0 gal)
15 L
(4.0 gal)
MFWD
TY6354*
8.5 L
(2.25 gal)
Rear Axle and Planetary Oil
TY6354*
18 L
(4.8 gal)
Fluid Analysis Kits:
Diesel Engine Oil
AT317904
Transmission Oil and Rear Axle
AT303189
Hydraulic Oil Tank
AT303189
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit
TY16175
1
1
1
COOLSCAN PLUS Kit
AT183016
1
1
1
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company
3-2-12
VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–2/3
101008
PN=118
Description
Part
Number
DieselScan
AT180344
Cap Probe
(If Equipped with Fluid Sampling Ports)
AT315231
Initial
Service 250 Hours
Every 250
Hours
1
Every 500
Hours
Every 1000
Hours
Every 2000
Hours
1
1
1
1
1
1
* For recommended oil type and oil viscosities based on
operating temperatures see Maintenance-Machine.
(Section 3-1.)
DieselScan is a trademark of Deere & Company
VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–3/3
3-2-13
101008
PN=119
Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock
–UN–04JAN06
1. Inspect loader boom service lock (1), cotter pin, and
retaining pin to ensure that all are in good condition.
2. Verify that warning decal is in place.
TX1002080A
3. See your authorized dealer for replacement parts.
1—Loader Boom Service Lock
VD76477,00010FC –19–18OCT06–1/1
3-3-1
101008
PN=120
Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock
Checking Boom Lock Operation
–UN–06JAN06
1. Operate the boom lock lever repeatedly to verify proper
operation.
2. If boom lock is out of adjustment, adjust per procedure.
TX1002083
Adjusting the Boom Lock
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock system, adjust
lock so it is able to pass through full
range of motion. Lock must completely
clear boom hook (1) when boom lock
lever is pulled, and go down to stop (2)
when lever is released with boom
moved away from latch area.
Right Side Shown
1—Boom Hook (2 used)
2—Stop (4 used)
3—Pin (2 used)
4—Yoke (2 used)
5—Jam Nut (2 used)
Perform the following adjustment for both the left and right
boom locks:
NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.
1. Start machine and lower stabilizers.
2. Move boom in slightly towards machine to relieve
tension on boom lock.
3. Pull in on boom lock lever. While moving boom away
from machine, verify boom locks completely clear
boom hooks (1).
4. Once boom is away from latch area, verify locks
contact stops (2) on both sides of machine when boom
lock lever is released.
5. Move boom back into transport position. Stop the
engine.
6. Remove pin (3) and spring from boom lock.
7. Adjust position of yoke (4) so when the boom lock
control lever is at rest, yoke is aligned with pin
mounting hole.
8. Tighten jam nut (5) to hold yoke in adjusted position.
3-3-2
VD76477,00010FD –19–21DEC06–1/2
101008
PN=121
9. Install pin.
10. Repeat yoke adjust procedure on opposite side of
machine.
11. Check boom lock operation per procedure to verify
proper operation.
VD76477,00010FD –19–21DEC06–2/2
Check Tire Pressure
CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and
rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Only attempt to mount a tire if you have the
proper equipment and experience to perform
the job. Have it done by your John Deere dealer
or a qualified repair service.
Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operate
with low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.
TS211
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and
extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
–UN–23AUG88
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DO
NOT inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire
or rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat from
welding could cause an increase in pressure
and may result in a tire explosion.
Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9
kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquid
ballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure with
valve stem at bottom.
When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valve
stem and stand to front or rear of tire.
TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1
3-3-3
101008
PN=122
Tire Inflation Pressures
NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be the same as
operating pressure. You may change tire
pressures to suit working condition according to
tire manufacturer’s recommendations.
Item
Measurement
Specification
11L-15 8PR F3
Pressure
303 kPa
3.0 bar
44 psi
11L-16 12PR F3
Pressure
441 kPa
4.4 bar
64 psi
12L-16.5 8PR SS-1
Pressure
414 kPa
4.1 bar
60 psi
12.5/80-18 10PR I-3 (MFWD)
Pressure
310 kPa
3.1 bar
60 psi
16.5L-16.1 10PR I-1
Pressure
276 kPa
2.76 bar
40 psi
14.5/75-16.1 10PR F-3
Pressure
276 kPa
2.76 bar
40 psi
15-19.5 8PR SS-1
Pressure
276 kPa
2.76 bar
40 psi
15-19.5 12PR SS-1
Pressure
414 kPa
4.1 bar
60 psi
Front Tires
3-3-4
OUO6043,0001929 –19–11AUG08–1/2
101008
PN=123
Item
Measurement
Specification
16.9-24 8PR R4
Pressure
193 kPa
1.9 bar
28 psi
19.5L-24 10PR R4
Pressure
193 kPa
1.9 bar
28 psi
21L-24 10PR R4
Pressure
179 kPa
1.8 bar
26 psi
20.5-25 12PR L2
Pressure
241 kPa
2.4 bar
35 psi
16.9-28 10PR R4
Pressure
193 kPa
1.9 bar
28 psi
21L-28 14PR R4
Pressure
248 kPa
2.5 bar
36 psi
Rear Tires
OUO6043,0001929 –19–11AUG08–2/2
3-3-5
101008
PN=124
TX1049027A
–UN–18SEP08
Check Wheel Fasteners
1—Front Wheel Fastener (8
per wheel)
NOTE: Tighten front wheel fasteners (1) and rear
wheel fasteners (2) after first 50-100 hours of
loaded operation after replacing or installing a
new wheel. After that, tighten as required.
2—Rear Wheel Fastener (10
per wheel)
Tighten wheel fasteners.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Standard Front Axle Bolt
Torque
136 ± 20 N•m
100 ± 14 lb-ft
MFWD Front Axle Nut
Torque
725 ± 72 N•m
535 ± 53 lb-ft
Rear Axle Bolt
Torque
725 ± 72 N•m
535 ± 53 lb-ft
ER93822,000027C –19–18SEP08–1/1
3-3-6
101008
PN=125
Clean Cab Air Filters—If Equipped
Cab Fresh Air Filter
–UN–18JUL00
1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.
2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.
T132588B
3. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.
4. Install filter and filter cover.
5. Close latch.
A—Latch
B—Fresh Air Filter Cover
VD76477,000119F –19–15DEC06–1/2
Cab Recirculating Air Filter
1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cab
recirculating air filter.
–UN–24JUL00
2. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.
3. Install filter and filter cover.
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying debris, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.
T132838B
Cleaning Cab Air Filters
C—Cab Recirculating Air Filter Cover
IMPORTANT: Always replace damaged air filters.
Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:
• Direct compressed air through filter(s), opposite normal
air flow.
• Tap filter(s) on a flat surface with dirty side down.
• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s) dry
before reinstalling.
VD76477,000119F –19–15DEC06–2/2
3-3-7
101008
PN=126
Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir Fill
Screen
–UN–04FEB08
1. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (1) from fill tube.
2. Remove retaining clip and hydraulic reservoir fill screen
from fill tube.
4. Install hydraulic reservoir fill screen and retaining clip in
fill tube.
TX1036006A
3. Inspect hydraulic reservoir fill screen and clean as
necessary.
Tier 3 Engine
5. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap in fill tube.
TX1035714A
–UN–01FEB08
1—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
MB60223,000000D –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-8
101008
PN=127
Drain Water and Sediment from Water
Separator
–UN–08FEB08
1. Place container under primary fuel filter drain valve (1)
to collect waste.
2. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain
from fuel filter assembly.
3. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.
4. Place container under final fuel filter drain valve (2) to
collect waste. (Tier 3 engine only).
5. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain
from fuel filter assembly.
6. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.
TX1036491A
1—Primary Fuel Filter Drain Valve
2—Final Fuel Filter Drain Valve
TX1002482A
–UN–10JAN06
Tier 3 Engine
Tier 2 Engine
MB60223,0000009 –19–20FEB08–1/1
3-3-9
101008
PN=128
Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment
–UN–25OCT06
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is
hot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while draining fuel tank or working
on fuel system.
TX1014055A
NOTE: To ensure that all of the water drains properly,
use the right stabilizer to lift the right rear wheel
off of the ground.
NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.
1. Loosen sediment drain plug (1) on front of fuel tank
and allow fuel to flow for several seconds.
1—Sediment Drain Plug
2. Tighten plug securely to stop fuel flow.
VD76477,000113C –19–07MAR07–1/1
Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader
Valve
TX1035619A
–UN–01FEB08
IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dust
unloader valve will make dust cup
precleaner ineffective, causing very
short element life. Valve should suck
closed above 1/3 engine speed.
Squeeze engine air cleaner dust unloader valve (1) to
remove dust from air cleaner.
If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valve
every couple of hours of operation to release dust.
Tier 3 Engine
T155826B
–UN–07JUN02
1—Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve
MB60223,000000E –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-10
101008
PN=129
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier
3
–UN–01FEB08
1. Open engine hood.
2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).
TX1035630A
3. Remove primary element (2).
IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause
engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
–UN–01FEB08
1. If the element shows damage.
2. If element will not clean.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.
Install a new secondary element (3):
TX1035631A
1. If the primary element is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
DO NOT clean a secondary element.
Install a new element carefully centering
it in the canister.
–UN–01FEB08
4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filter
elements.
TX1035632A
5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an
element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
a new element.
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
3—Secondary Element
MB60223,0000012 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-11
101008
PN=130
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier
2 and Non-Regulated Engines
–UN–04SEP02
2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).
3. Remove primary element (2).
T159080B
engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
1. If the element shows damage.
2. If element will not clean.
–UN–04SEP02
Install a new secondary element (3):
T159081B
1. If the primary element is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
it in the canister.
–UN–04SEP02
4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filter
elements.
T159082B
5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an
element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
a new element.
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
VD76477,0001746 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-12
101008
PN=131
Inspect Belt
–UN–01FEB08
Inspect serpentine belt (A) for wear and damage. See
your authorized dealer for replacement.
T132357B
–UN–13JUL00
TX1035793A
A—Serpentine Belt
MB60223,0000013 –19–04FEB08–1/1
Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If
Equipped
T125640B
Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes from
joint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
–UN–08NOV99
IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in
mud.
1—Lubrication Fitting
CED,TX03768,2667 –19–16JAN08–1/1
3-3-13
101008
PN=132
Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel
Bearings—If Equipped
2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes of
grease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.
T164479B
1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.
–UN–27JAN03
IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in
mud.
VD76477,00010F1 –19–17OCT06–1/1
3-3-14
101008
PN=133
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level
–UN–02JAN03
NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked on
a level surface. Check before starting engine, with
backhoe and stabilizers in transport position, and
front loader bucket lowered to ground.
Check when oil is cool.
T163385B
Sight glass decal has a scale for proper level of
oil.
1. Stop engine. Allow time for hydraulic oil to cool.
1—Sight Glass
2. Check oil level in sight glass (1). Oil level should be in
mid-range of decal.
VD76477,000113A –19–08FEB08–1/2
Adding Oil to the Hydraulic Reservoir
–UN–05FEB08
1. If oil is below operating range in ADD range, remove
fill cap (B) and add oil.
2. Install fill cap.
TX1035639A
B—Fill Cap
T131716D
–UN–13JUL00
Tier 3
VD76477,000113A –19–08FEB08–2/2
3-4-1
101008
PN=134
Check Engine Oil Level
–UN–01FEB08
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DO
NOT run engine when oil level is below
the ADD mark.
TX1035641A
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when
engine is cold before operation.
1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.
unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.
–UN–01FEB08
Tier 3
2. Raise front loader boom and install loader boom
service lock.
TX1035651A
3. Stop engine.
4. Fully open engine hood.
5. Remove engine oil dipstick (1) and check oil level.
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is full
when oil level is within cross-hatched area (3). It is
acceptable to run engine as long as oil level is above
the ADD mark.
3
ADD
TX1035644
–UN–29JAN08
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil to
drain into oil pan for 10 minutes before checking the oil
level. Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must be
above the ADD mark.
FULL
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (2) and add oil as
necessary. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
1—Engine Oil Dipstick
2—Engine Oil Fill Cap
3—Cross-Hatched Area
7. Check oil level and add oil as necessary.
VD76477,0001131 –19–28JAN08–1/1
3-4-2
101008
PN=135
Check Coolant Level
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot
spraying coolant. Remove surge tank cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Then loosen cap slowly to stop so pressure is
released from system before removing cap.
TS281
1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between MAX
COLD and MIN COLD marks on coolant surge tank
(1).
2. If coolant is below MIN COLD mark, add coolant to
surge tank.
–UN–01FEB08
3. If surge tank is empty, check for leaks and repair as
necessary. Add coolant at surge tank cap. See Diesel
Engine Coolant. (Section 3-1.)
TX1035648A
1—Coolant Surge Tank
TX1014056A
–UN–25OCT06
Tier 3 Engine
VD76477,00010FB –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-4-3
101008
PN=136
Grease Loader Pivots
–UN–06JAN06
NOTE: Machines equipped with synthetic bushings do not
require lubrication.
TX1002222A
Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from
joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
TX1007733A
–UN–16MAY06
6 Points—-Left Side Shown
T132372B
–UN–12SEP00
5 Points
2 Points--Left Side Shown
VD76477,00010EC –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-4-4
101008
PN=137
Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped
T132372C
–UN–12SEP00
4 Points—Left Side Shown
CED,OUO1079,581 –19–16APR02–1/1
Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins
T132374B
–UN–13JUL00
4 points—Left Side Shown
OUO1079,000025C –19–16APR02–1/1
3-4-5
101008
PN=138
T131781C
–UN–07NOV00
Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and Cylinder Rod Ends
T132381B
–UN–13JUL00
3 Points—Optional Cab Shown
T132375B
TX1014109A
–UN–18JUL00
–UN–25OCT06
3 points
11 points—Right Side Shown
6 Points--Right Side Shown
VD76477,00010EE –19–24OCT06–1/1
3-4-6
101008
PN=139
Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped
T206365A
–UN–20DEC04
HG31779,000005F –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-4-7
101008
PN=140
Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and
Steering Pivots
Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots until
it escapes from joints.
Apply 2 pumps of grease to lubrication fitting on right side
of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.
T163182B
–UN–20DEC02
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
TX1002243A
–UN–20JAN06
1 Point
VD76477,00010ED –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-4-8
101008
PN=141
Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal
Joints—If Equipped
–UN–17SEP02
joint.
T132373C
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
HG31779,00001DA –19–24JAN03–1/1
Grease Backhoe Coupler Mechanical Jack (If
Equipped)
TX1022469A
–UN–23APR07
Apply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapes
from the joint.
2 Points
VD76477,00014ED –19–19APR07–1/1
3-4-9
101008
PN=142
Check Transmission Oil Level
–UN–01FEB08
2. With engine running at slow idle, turn handle of
transmission dipstick (1) counterclockwise and remove.
TX1035656A
1. Run engine for 3 minutes to warm transmission oil.
Park machine on a level surface. Move Transmission
Control Lever (TCL) to NEUTRAL. Engage park brake.
Tier 3 Engine
NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.
TX1035657A
–UN–01FEB08
3. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operating
range, add oil through dipstick tube. See Transmission,
Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil.
(Section 3-1.)
4. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise
to tighten.
1—Transmission Dipstick
VD76477,0001133 –19–05FEB08–1/1
Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings (If
Equipped)
TX1022471A
–UN–23APR07
Apply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapes
from the joint.
1 Point Each Side—Left Side Shown
VD76477,00014EE –19–05APR07–1/1
3-5-1
101008
PN=143
Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours
Change Engine Break-In Oil and Replace
Filter
TX1035717A
–UN–04FEB08
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.
Tier 3 Engine Oil Filter
2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to drain into
a container.
–UN–01FEB08
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (2)
counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary. Dispose of
waste oil properly.
TX1035718A
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new engine oil
filter, and install by turning new filter clockwise by hand
until gasket touches mounting surface. Torque an
additional 1/2—3/4 turn with filter wrench.
Tier 3 Engine Oil Drain Plug
5. Install engine oil drain plug.
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
–UN–01FEB08
Specification
Engine Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 13 L
3.5 gal
TX1035731A
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter
change, crank engine for 10 seconds
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.
7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check
for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
Level. (Section 3-4.)
TX1035729A
–UN–01FEB08
1—Engine Oil Drain Plug
2—Engine Oil Filter
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines Shown
VD76477,00010F2 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-6-1
101008
PN=144
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped
–UN–21NOV96
1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontal
and fill plug (A) is above line as shown.
NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper
level.
3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. See Transmission,
(Section 3-1.)
T105325
2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom of
plug hole.
A—MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Fill Plug
B—Oil Level Line
4. Install plug.
5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.
VD76477,000127B –19–14DEC06–1/1
Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped
NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper
level.
TX1002262A
2. Add oil, as necessary, through plug hole. See
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel
Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)
–UN–06JAN06
1. Remove plug (1) to check oil level. Oil should be filled
to bottom of plug.
3. Install plug.
1—Plug
VD76477,000127C –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-7-1
101008
PN=145
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Terminals
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
NEVER check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clamp
first and replace it last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.
It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
–UN–23AUG88
Avoid the hazard by:
TS203
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1. Remove battery box cover.
3-7-2
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3
101008
PN=146
2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYS
remove grounded (—) battery clamp first and
replace it last.
T6996DB
IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries during
freezing weather, batteries must be
charged after water is added to prevent
batteries from freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
–UN–09SEP03
3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.
T6996DA
–UN–09SEP03
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3
4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff
brush.
–UN–21OCT88
5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal
base only.
T6758AA
6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3
3-7-3
101008
PN=147
Check Rear Axle Oil Level
–UN–30MAR07
NOTE: If the backhoe has been run in high-speed
transport, wait 30 minutes for the axle oil level to
stabilize before checking oil.
1. Move machine onto level ground.
3. If oil level is not correct, add oil as necessary. See
TX1021377A
2. Remove rear axle oil level plug (1). Oil should run out
of plug hole if the oil level is correct.
1—Rear Axle Oil Level Plug
4. Install plug.
VD76477,00014E9 –19–11APR07–1/1
3-7-4
101008
PN=148
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.
TS281
Remove surge tank cap only when engine is
cold or when cool enough to touch with bare
hands. Slowly loosen surge tank cap to relieve
pressure before removing completely.
IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner
does not protect against freezing.
Coolant conditioner prevents rust,
scale, and liner cavitation.
–UN–01FEB08
NOTE: Test coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, or
when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Add
coolant conditioner as necessary.
TX1035875A
1. Remove surge tank cap (1) and test coolant solution.
Use one of the following kits to check coolant:
1—Surge Tank Cap
TX1014056A
–UN–25OCT06
Tier 3 Engine
T111110
–UN–13AUG97
VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–1/3
3-8-1
VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–2/3
101008
PN=149
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or
equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor as
necessary. Follow instructions on container for
amount.
T111109
• COOLSCAN PLUS: For a more thorough
evaluation of coolant, perform COOLSCAN PLUS
analysis, where available. See your authorized
dealer for information about COOLSCAN PLUS.
–UN–13AUG97
• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175): Coolant
test strips provide an effective method to check freeze
point and additive levels of engine coolant. See your
authorized dealer for 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test
Kit and follow instructions on kit.
Tier 3 Engine —Specification
Cooling System—Standard
Machine—Capacity........................................................................... 24.6 L
6.5 gal
Cooling System—Machine
Equipped with Cab Heater—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 27 L
7.1 gal
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—Specification
Cooling System—Standard
Machine—Capacity.............................................................................. 21 L
5.5 gal
Cooling System—Machine
Equipped with Cab Heater—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 25 L
6.6 gal
3. Install cap.
COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company
VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–3/3
3-8-2
101008
PN=150
Check Air Intake Hose
–UN–01FEB08
1. Check engine air intake hose (A) for cracks and
replace as necessary.
2. Check for loose connections and tighten hose clamps
as necessary.
TX1035788A
A—Engine Air Intake Hose
T132459B
–UN–13JUL00
Tier 3 Engine
VD76477,000174D –19–04FEB08–1/1
Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque
T133574B
Specification
Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick
Pivot Pin Bolt—Torque ................................................................. 620 N•m
460 lb-ft
–UN–30AUG00
Check torque on the backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pivot
pin bolt (A). Torque the cap screw to specification.
A—Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Bolt
CED,OUO1079,443 –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-8-3
101008
PN=151
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter
–UN–04FEB08
IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5
percent, change engine oil at 1/2 the
normal interval.
TX1035717A
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.
2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to drain into
a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (2)
counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary.
Tier 3 (Oil Filter)
–UN–01FEB08
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, and
turn new filter clockwise by hand until gasket touches
mounting surface. Torque an additional 1/2—3/4 turn
with filter wrench.
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
Install cap.
TX1035718A
5. Install engine oil drain plug.
Tier 3 (Drain Plug)
Specification
Engine Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 13 L
3.5 gal
TX1035731A
7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check
for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
–UN–01FEB08
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter
change, crank engine for 10 seconds
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.
TX1035729A
–UN–01FEB08
1—Engine Oil Drain Plug
2—Engine Oil Filter
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines Shown
VD76477,00010F3 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-8-4
101008
PN=152
Replace Primary and Final Fuel Filters—Tier
3 Engine
1. Thoroughly clean primary and final fuel filters, water
separator assembly, and surrounding area.
2. Turn retaining ring (1) counterclockwise and remove
primary fuel filter element (2).
–UN–08FEB08
3. Disconnect water-in-fuel sensor (9).
final fuel filter element (8).
TX1036474A
5. Remove water separator bowl (3) from primary fuel
filter. Drain and clean separator bowl.
6. Install water separator bowl onto new primary fuel filter
element. Tighten securely.
–UN–06JAN06
NOTE: The fuel filter must be indexed properly and the
key on canister must be oriented in slot of
mounting base for correct installation.
7. Clean filter base (4) and thoroughly inspect filter base
seal ring. Replace as needed.
8. Install new primary and final fuel elements by aligning
vertical locators (6) into slots (5) on filter base. Push
filter elements up firmly until filter snaps against base.
9. Turn retaining ring clockwise onto filter base until
retaining ring clicks tightly into place.
10. Connect water-in-fuel sensor.
11. To prime the fuel system turn the key switch to the
ON position and wait 60 seconds.
TX10022310A
NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.
1—Retaining Ring
2— Primary Fuel Filter Element
3—Water Separator Bowl
4—Filter Base
5—Slots
6—Vertical Locators
7—Retaining Ring
8—Final Fuel Filter Element
9—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
10—Bleed Screw
VD76477,000174A –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-8-5
101008
PN=153
Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2 and
Non-Regulated Engines
–UN–06JAN06
TX1002309A
filter element (2). Allow sediment to drain into a
container.
2. Remove water separator assembly (3) from old filter
element. Drain and clean separator assembly. Install
assembly on new filter element.
3. Clean filter base (4).
NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.
–UN–06JAN06
4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (5)
into slots (6) on filter base. Push filter element up firmly
until filter snaps against base.
TX10022310A
5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base until
retaining ring clicks tightly into place.
6. Loosen bleed screw (7) by turning knob
counterclockwise.
7. Operate primer lever (8) until fuel flow from bleed
screw is free of air bubbles.
NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever toward
engine and turn crankshaft using starter motor to
reposition camshaft. Repeat step 7.
1—Retaining Ring
2—Filter Element
3—Water Separator Assembly
4—Filter Base
5—Slots
6—Vertical Locators
7—Bleed Screw
8—Primer Lever
8. Tighten bleed screw.
9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.
VD76477,000117D –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-8-6
101008
PN=154
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube—
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–01FEB08
Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.
TX1035877A
A—Vent Tube
Tier 3 Engine
VD76477,0000002 –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-8-7
101008
PN=155
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered
3
5
1
6
7
8
9
10
T158732
4
T158732
1—Seal Ring
2—Bearing Cone
3—Wheel Hub
–UN–23AUG02
2
4—O-Ring
5—Stud
6—Bearing Cone
1. Raise machine and install jack stands so front
wheels are off ground.
CAUTION: Prevent injury from falling
components. Secure wheel hub (3) with a lift
strap before removing any components.
2. Remove wheel.
3. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and remove
wheel hub cover (9) using wedges. Remove and
inspect O-ring (4), replace if necessary.
4. Remove three cap screws (8) and thrust washer
(7).
7—Thrust Washer
8—Cap Screw (3 used)
9—Wheel Hub Cover
10—Wheel Hub Cover Plug
6. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearing
cups. To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub on
flat surface and drive bearing cups out with a
hammer and driver.
IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroy
it. Do not remove seal ring unless
damage is noted.
7. Remove bearing cone (2) using wedges.
8. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle and
hub assembly.
9. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips
and replace as necessary.
5. Remove wheel bearing (6).
3-9-1
VD76477,00010EF –19–21DEC06–1/2
101008
PN=156
10. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John Deere
Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent.
15. Grease and install O-ring (4) on wheel hub cover
(9). Drive wheel hub cover into wheel hub.
11. Install bearing cone (2) on spindle using a
hammer and driver.
16. Install hub cover plug (10) and tighten to
specification.
12. Install wheel hub (3) on spindle.
Specification
Wheel Hub Cover Plug—
Torque...................................................................................... 15 N•m
133 lb-in
13. Install bearing cone (6) to hub and spindle.
14. Apply TY9371 LOCTITE to cap screws (8).
Position thrust washer (7) on spindle in hub and
install cap screws (8). Torque cap screws to
specification.
17. Install wheel and repeat process for other side.
Specification
Thrust Plate Cap Screws—
Torque.................................................................................... 120 N•m
89 lb-ft
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.
VD76477,00010EF –19–21DEC06–2/2
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube—
Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.
T105323
–UN–21NOV96
A—Vent Tube
MB60223,000000F –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-9-2
101008
PN=157
1. Open engine hood. Remove cap screws (A) and move
loader mast cover (B) aside. Take care not to damage
hose attached to bottom of windshield washer nozzle
(C).
2. Remove hydraulic reservoir breather (D).
T132464B
NOTE: Avoid dripping hydraulic oil. Do not reroute
hydraulic reservoir breather hoses.
–UN–13JUL00
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
3. Install new hydraulic reservoir breather with arrow
pointing toward reservoir.
–UN–13JUL00
4. Install loader mast cover and cap screws. Close engine
hood.
T132462B
B—Loader Mast Cover
C—Windshield Washer Nozzle
D—Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
CED,OUO1079,582 –19–25AUG00–1/1
Check Engine Speed
Specification
Slow Idle—Speed ................................................................ 900 ± 25 rpm
Fast Idle (Using Speed Control
Pedal or Lever)—Speed ..................................................... 2375 ± 25 rpm
1—Tachometer
TX1014116A
2. Use tachometer (1) to check engine speeds:
–UN–25OCT06
1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
VD76477,0001140 –19–24OCT06–1/1
3-9-3
101008
PN=158
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier 3
Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.
2. Unfasten clips (1) and remove air cleaner cover.
IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoid
dislodging dust from the elements.
3. Slide primary element (2) and secondary element (3)
out to remove.
TX1035630A
–UN–01FEB08
1. Open hood.
5. Install new secondary element and primary element.
Ensure that each element is properly centered and
seated.
TX1035631A
6. Install air cleaner cover. Fasten clips.
–UN–01FEB08
4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.
TX1035632A
–UN–01FEB08
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
MB60223,000000C –19–30JAN08–1/1
3-9-4
101008
PN=159
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier 2
and Non-Regulated Engine
–UN–30AUG00
Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.
1. Open hood.
T133589B
2. Unfasten clips (A) and remove air cleaner cover.
IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoid
dislodging dust from the elements.
3. Slide primary element (B) and secondary element (C)
out to remove.
5. Install new secondary element and primary element.
Ensure that each element is properly centered and
seated.
T133590B
6. Install air cleaner cover with dust unloader valve
pointed down. Fasten clips.
–UN–30AUG00
4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.
T133591B
–UN–30AUG00
A—Clip (3 used)
B—Primary Element
C—Secondary Element
VD76477,0001748 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-9-5
101008
PN=160
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter
1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise and
remove.
2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new hydraulic oil
filter and install. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise until
sealing ring touches mounting surface, then tighten an
additional 3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.
3. Check hydraulic oil level.
–UN–24OCT00
4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow hydraulic oil
filter to fill with oil and to purge air from charge circuit.
T134790B
5. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. See Check
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level. (Section 3-4.)
6. Check for leakage around hydraulic filter. Tighten just
enough to stop leaks, if necessary.
A—Hydraulic Oil Filter
VD76477,000131A –19–14DEC06–1/1
Replace Fuel Breather
–UN–29NOV06
2. Pull fuel breather (1) off hose.
TX1015463A
3. Install new fuel breather with arrow on breather
pointing toward hose.
1—Fuel Breather
Right Side of Tier 2 Engine Shown
VD76477,000114F –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-9-6
101008
PN=161
Change Transmission and Torque Converter
Oil and Replace Filter
–UN–09JAN06
NOTE: Only approximately 8.0—8.5 L of oil will drain.
It is intended that the remainder of oil will remain
in the cooler and torque converter.
TX1002312A
1. Remove transmission drain plug (1) from bottom of
transmission and drain oil into suitable container.
Dispose of waste properly.
Specification
Powershift Transmission Oil—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 15 L
4.0 gal
–UN–06JAN06
2. Install drain plug.
3. Turn transmission filter (2) counterclockwise and
remove.
TX1002248
4. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oil
filter and install. Turn filter clockwise until sealing ring
touches mounting surface, then tighten an additional
3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.
–UN–01FEB08
5. Turn handle of transmission dipstick (3)
counterclockwise and remove. Fill transmission with oil
through dipstick tube. See Transmission, Axles, and
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section
3-1.)
7. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmission
dipstick. Check transmission oil level and add oil
through dipstick tube as necessary. See Transmission,
(Section 3-1.)
TX1035778A
6. Start engine and run for 3 minutes to purge air from
charge circuit.
Tier 3 Engine
8. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise
to tighten.
TX1004024A
–UN–21FEB06
1—Transmission Drain Plug
2—Transmission Filter
3—Transmission Dipstick
VD76477,00010F0 –19–05FEB08–1/1
3-9-7
101008
PN=162
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance)
See your authorized dealer.
TX03679,00017DD –19–08MAY01–1/1
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil
1. Park machine on a level surface.
–UN–05FEB08
2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position and
lower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.
TX1035639A
3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B).
4. Remove cap screw (C) and bracket (D). Route drain
hose (E) into a suitable container.
5. Remove cap (F) from end of drain hose and drain oil.
Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose of waste
oil properly.
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–13JUL00
Specification
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—Capacity ...................................................... 37 L
9.8 gal
6. Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic Oil
Filter. (Section 3-9.)
8. Route drain hose for storage. Install bracket and cap
screw.
T131716D
7. Install cap on drain hose.
Tier 2 and Non-regulated Engines
9. Refill hydraulic reservoir. See Transmission, Axles, and
3-1.)
–UN–24OCT00
10. Check oil level.
11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.
T134809B
B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap
C—Cap Screw
D—Bracket
E—Drain Hose
F—Cap
MB60223,0000010 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-10-1
101008
PN=163
Specification
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 1 L
1 qt
T7371AP
1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,
remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
–UN–02OCT90
Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—If Equipped
4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. See
T105325
A—Plug
B—Oil Level Line
–UN–21NOV96
3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)
when line is horizontal.
VD76477,000127D –19–16NOV06–1/1
3-10-2
101008
PN=164
Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If
Equipped
–UN–06JAN06
NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.
TX1002311A
MFWD axle housing is filled with HY-GARD gear
oil at the factory. Fill MFWD axle housing with
HY-GARD oil to fill to proper level.
1. Remove drain plug (1) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
Specification
MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—
Capacity .............................................................................................. 6.5 L
1.7 gal
1—Drain Plug
2—Fill Plug
3. Remove fill plug (2) and add oil so it is level with
bottom of fill plug hole. See Transmission, Axles, and
3-1.)
4. Install fill plug.
VD76477,0001280 –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-10-3
101008
PN=165
Change Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Oil
NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.
–UN–21FEB06
1. Drain rear axle and both planetary housings oil into a
container using drain plugs (1 and 2). Install plugs.
2. Rotate wheel so plug (2) is above OIL LEVEL line (3)
when line is horizontal as shown.
TX1003130A
Specification
Rear Axle and Planetary Housing
Oil—Capacity ....................................................................................... 18 L
4.8 gal
Rear Axle Drain and Fill Plugs
3. Remove rear axle check and fill plug (4) and fill with oil
until level with bottom of fill plug hole. See Check Rear
Axle Oil Level. (Section 3-7.)
NOTE: It will take approximately 5 minutes for oil to settle
into outer housing when oil is warm.
–UN–06JAN06
4. Wait 5-10 minutes for oil to settle, then check level
again and add oil as necessary. If oil is cold, settle
time may increase.
TX1002260A
5. Install all plugs.
1—Rear Axle Drain Plug
2—Planetary Housing Drain and Fill Plug
3—Planetary Housing Oil Level Line
4—Rear Axle Check and Fill Plug
Planetary Drain And Fill Plug
VD76477,000113F –19–11APR07–1/1
3-10-4
101008
PN=166
External Service Brake Inspection
–UN–10JAN06
Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hour
inspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.
If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspect
more frequently.
TX1002474A
1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspection
ports (1 and 2).
2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oil
grooves (3) on facing material are no longer visible.
Right Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
TX1002475A
–UN–10JAN06
1—Right Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
2—Left Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
3—Oil Grooves
Left Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
TX1002476A
–UN–10JAN06
3
VD76477,0001222 –19–06NOV06–1/1
4-1-1
101008
PN=167
Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondary
and Primary Element
–UN–10NOV88
engine damage.
Install new elements:
–UN–09NOV88
1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON A
HARD SURFACE.
T47764
it in the canister.
T90684
• If the element shows damage and
needs to be replaced.
• If element is visibly dirty and will not
clean.
• After 1000 hours service or annually.
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including eye protection.
2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under
210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).
NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if
an element has a break or is not correctly sealed
in air cleaner housing. Throw away element that
has the slightest damage. If gasket is broken or
missing, install a new element.
3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to
outside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.
TX03679,00017E3 –19–08FEB07–1/1
4-1-2
101008
PN=168
Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped
–UN–26JUL02
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage. If
moisture sight glass color indicates wet
(pink), dryer is saturated and should be
changed within the next 100 machine
hours to prevent further buildup of
moisture in refrigerant.
T158049B
1. Open hood.
2. Check color in moisture sight glass (A). Color should
be blue, indicating that refrigerant is dry.
3. Check air bubble sight glass (B) for air bubbles. No air
bubbles, or few air bubbles, should be visible.
A—Moisture Sight Glass
B—Air Bubble Sight Glass
4. If moisture sight glass shows wet (pink), or if excessive
air bubbles are visible, see your authorized dealer
within the next 100 machine hours to service the
receiver-dryer.
HG31779,00000BF –19–26JUL02–1/1
4-1-3
101008
PN=169
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator
–UN–01FEB08
Check upper radiator hose (1) and lower radiator hose (2)
for cracks and leaks. Tighten hose clamps at each end of
hoses as necessary.
Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose or
broken mountings. Clean radiator fins.
TX1035770A
1—Upper Radiator Hose
2—Lower Radiator Hose
TX1002477A
–UN–10JAN06
Tier 3 Engine
TX1035798A
–UN–04FEB08
TX1014134A
–UN–26OCT06
Tier 3 Engine
VD76477,0001143 –19–04FEB08–1/1
4-1-4
101008
PN=170
TS281
TX1002480A
–UN–23AUG88
–UN–10JAN06
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine
burns.
TX1002481A
–UN–10JAN06
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing
completely.
NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 5000 hours
using clean water, and refill with new coolant.
–UN–01FEB08
Specification
Cooling System—Capacity—
Standard Machine ............................................................................ 24.6 L
6.5 gal
Machine Equipped With Cab
Heater .................................................................................................. 27 L
7.1 gal
TX1035823A
1. Open air bleed plug (3) on thermal bypass valve
assembly until cross drill in plug is visible.
2. Open valve (4) on bottom of radiator 3 turns.
3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.
TX1035800A
–UN–05FEB08
1—Radiator Drain Valve
2—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
4-1-5
VD76477,0001754 –19–04FEB08–1/2
101008
PN=171
4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to open
valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Dispose
of waste properly.
5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).
6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwise
to open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.
7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves and
remove hoses.
8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of
radiator.
VD76477,0001754 –19–04FEB08–2/2
4-1-6
101008
PN=172
TS281
TX1002480A
–UN–23AUG88
–UN–10JAN06
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
burns.
TX1002481A
–UN–10JAN06
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing
completely.
NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 5000 hours
using clean water, and refill with new coolant.
–UN–17NOV06
Specification
Standard Machine ............................................................................... 21 L
5.5 gal
Heater .................................................................................................. 25 L
6.6 gal
TX1014135A
3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.
TX1014137A
–UN–26OCT06
1—Radiator Drain Valve
2—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
5—Surge Tank Cap
4-1-7
VD76477,0001755 –19–01FEB08–1/2
101008
PN=173
4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to open
valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Dispose
of waste properly.
5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).
6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwise
to open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.
7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves and
remove hoses.
8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of
radiator.
VD76477,0001755 –19–01FEB08–2/2
4-1-8
101008
PN=174
Specification
Standard Machine ............................................................................ 24.6 L
6.5 gal
Heater .................................................................................................. 27 L
7.1 gal
TS281
spraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tank cap
unless the engine is cool. Release all pressure
before removing cap.
–UN–23AUG88
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine
3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolant stays
between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.
4. Close valve and air bleed plug.
TX1035823A
–UN–01FEB08
5. Run tractor at 1200 RPM for 2 minutes and top off
coolant.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type
low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
TX1035828A
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
5—Surge Tank Cap
TX1035800A
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze
protection for your machine.
–UN–01FEB08
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,
ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
–UN–05FEB08
6. Close surge tank cap.
VD76477,0001758 –19–06FEB08–1/1
4-1-9
101008
PN=175
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 2 and
Non-Regulated Engines
–UN–23AUG88
spraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tank cap
unless the engine is cool. Release all pressure
before removing cap.
TS281
Specification
Standard Machine ............................................................................... 21 L
5.5 gal
Heater .................................................................................................. 25 L
6.6 gal
–UN–17NOV06
TX1014135A
3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolant stays
between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.
4. Close valve and air bleed plug.
5. Run tractor at 1200 RPM for 2 minutes and top off
coolant.
–UN–26OCT06
6. Close surge tank cap.
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze
protection for your machine.
TX1014137A
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,
ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
5—Surge Tank Cap
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type
low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
VD76477,0001187 –19–01FEB08–1/1
4-1-10
101008
PN=176
Do Not Service or Adjust Injection Nozzles or
Injection Pump
If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,
the engine will not run normally. See your authorized
dealer for service.
Changing the injection pump in any way not approved by
the manufacturer will end the warranty. See your copy of
the John Deere warranty on this machine.
Do not service an injection pump that is not operating
correctly. See your authorized injection pump service
center.
TX,90,FF3116 –19–19SEP08–1/1
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator
When batteries are connected, follow these rules:
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you
work on or near alternator or regulator.
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR
REGULATOR.
3. Ensure alternator wires are correctly connected
BEFORE you connect batteries.
6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]
to negative [—]).
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
running and alternator is charging.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
battery charger to the batteries.
4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.
5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or
regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.
T82,EXMA,I –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-11
101008
PN=177
Using Battery Charger
–UN–23AUG88
exploding battery. Do not charge a battery if the
battery is frozen or it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F) before charging.
TS204
Turn off charger before connecting or
disconnecting it.
IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as a booster
if a battery has a 1.150 specific gravity
reading or lower.
Disconnect battery ground (-) clamp
before you charge batteries in the
machine to prevent damage to electrical
components.
A battery charger may be used as a booster to start
engine.
N36890
Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot, or
is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must not
exceed 52°C (125°F).
–UN–07OCT88
Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.
OUT4001,0000239 –19–30APR08–1/1
4-1-12
101008
PN=178
T6713AI1
T6508AE1
–UN–24OCT91
–UN–24OCT91
Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System
Single-Battery Application
Dual-Battery Application
A—Machine Battery(s)
B—Booster Battery(s)
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut
down and secured to prevent unexpected machine
movement when engine starts.
1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the
positive terminal of the machine batteries and the
other end to the positive terminal of the booster
batteries.
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced
while batteries are in use or being charged.
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery
area. Make sure the batteries are charged in
a well ventilated area.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp
first and replace it last.
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the
negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then
connect other end of the negative cable to the
machine frame as far away from the machine
batteries as possible.
3. Start engine.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a
12-volt negative (—) ground. Use
only 12-volt booster batteries.
4-1-13
CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–1/2
101008
PN=179
4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of
the negative cable from the machine frame and
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from
the negative terminal of the booster batteries.
5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries
and machine batteries.
CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–2/2
Using Booster Batteries—24-Volt System
–UN–21MAY90
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut
down to prevent unexpected machine movement when
engine starts.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a
24-volt negative (-) ground. Connect two
12-volt booster batteries together as
shown for 24-volts.
T7233JN
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while
batteries are in use or being charged. Keep
flames or sparks away from the battery area.
Make sure the batteries are charged in a well
ventilated area.
A—Machine Batteries
B—Booster Batteries
1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positive
terminal of the machine batteries (A) and the other end
to the positive terminal of the booster batteries (B).
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negative
terminal of the booster batteries. Connect the other
end of the negative cable to the machine frame as far
away from the machine batteries as possible.
3. Start engine.
4. Immediately after starting engine disconnect the end of
the negative cable from the machine frame. Then
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from the
negative terminal of the booster batteries.
5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries and
machine batteries.
OUT4001,0000238 –19–05OCT07–1/1
4-1-14
101008
PN=180
Handling, Checking and Servicing Batteries
Carefully
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
TS204
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first
and replace it last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.
It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
–UN–23AUG88
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
TS203
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 qt).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
4-1-15
TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–1/3
101008
PN=181
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following
mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.
IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.
Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery
cell.
TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–2/3
See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARD
battery and coolant tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
T85402
–UN–10NOV88
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific
gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
charge the battery.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–3/3
Replacing Batteries
Volts
BCI Group
-18°C (0°F)
-29°C
(-20°F)
Reserve
Capacity
(minutes at
25 amps)
12
31
750
600
150
TS204
Cold Cranking Amps
–UN–23AUG88
Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volt
hybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use only
batteries meeting following specifications:
TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1
4-1-16
101008
PN=182
Removing Batteries
IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires and
loose or corroded connections.
–UN–14JUL00
NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the
battery box. Always empty the toolbox before
lifting it.
T132012C
1. Remove cap screws (A) and lift toolbox out of battery
box.
2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, then
positive (+) cables.
3. Remove nuts, washers, and hold-down brackets (B).
–UN–26JUL02
4. Lift batteries out of battery box.
T158046B
B—Hold-Down Bracket (1 or 2 used)
Optional Dual-Battery Configuration Shown
HG31779,00000BD –19–26JUL02–1/1
4-1-17
101008
PN=183
(MMS)—If Equipped
JDLink is an equipment monitoring and information
delivery system. JDLink automatically collects and
manages information about where and how construction
and forestry equipment is being used, as well as critical
machine health data and service status.
There are two ways to identify if machine is equipped with
JDLink:
1. Check for the JDLink fuse in the designated fuse
location. (See section 4-1.)
2. Check that the JDLink controllers are installed. See
your authorized dealer.
CAUTION: Avoid serious injury or death from
an explosion hazard. This machine is equipped
with a radio frequency device. Do not store or
operate in an area, such as a blasting zone,
where the use of cellular phones or radio
frequency devices are prohibited.
To deactivate the system, remove the JDLink
unswitched power fuse.
For more information visit www.deere.com, browse to
Construction, Services and Support, JD Link.
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company
VD76477,0001541 –19–28FEB08–1/1
4-1-18
101008
PN=184
JDLink Machine Monitoring System (MMS)
Direct Laptop Connection—If Equipped
TX1025438A
–UN–22JUN07
• The location (2) of the direct laptop connector is in the
opening under the cab door.
• To download machine data using the JDLink MMS
Direct:
– Install the JDLink MMS Direct cable by inserting the
Ethernet connector into the laptop.
– Connect the JDLink MMS Direct cable to the
vehicle 4-pin Deutsch connector (1).
– Launch JDLink MMS Direct Software.
• Contact your authorized dealer to obtain the JDLink
MMS Direct Kit (AT347680), which includes the
JDLink MMS Direct cable (AT335476) and software.
315SJ Shown
NOTE: On equipment using the JDLink Direct system,
there is no nightly upload to a remote server and
thus, the information is only stored in one
location—the controller. Without downloading the
controller data on a regular basis, the data could
be lost if the controller were to fail.
1
–UN–20JUN07
To obtain the most detailed machine data on your
laptop, you must perform a machine data
download every 1000 hrs or less.
TX1025178
1—4-pin Deutsch Connector
2—Location of Direct Connector
OUT4001,00002F2 –19–25JUN07–1/1
Replacing Fuses
TX1013959A
–UN–26OCT06
The fuse block is located to the right of the operator’s seat
below the loader control lever.
4-1-19
OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–1/5
101008
PN=185
A
F44
F12
F40
F13
F41
F10
F42
F11
F45
A
F46
F15
F47
K6
F30
F35
K9
F31
F36
B
K2
A
A
TX1035704
–UN–30JAN08
F48
TX1035704
Tier 3 Engine Fuse Panel
A—Spare
B—Diagnostic Connector
F10—Key Switch Fuse
F11—Radio—Power Port Fuse
(Unswitched)
F12—Horn-Stop Lamp Fuse
F13—Flex Load Controller
(FLC)-Flex Hydraulic
Controller (FHC)-Flasher
Fuse (Unswitched)
F15—Monitor-Service
ADVISOR Fuse
F30—Monitor-Flex Load
Controller (FLC)-Flex
Hydraulic Controller
(FHC) (Switched) Fuse
F31—Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse
F35—Park Brake-Pump-MFWD
Fuse
F36—Transmission Control
Fuse
F40—Docking-Front Work
Lights Fuse
F41—Front Drive-Tail-Beacon
Lights Fuse
F42—Rear Work Lights Fuse
F44—Blower Fuse
F45—Dome-Radio-Power Port
Fuse
F46—RTD-ALT-Excitation Fuse
F47—Aux Function Power
Connectors Fuse
F48—Wipers-Washer Fuse
K2—Ignition Relay
K6—Transmission Relay
K9—Fuel Pump Lift Relay
Tier 3 Engine Fuse Panel
4-1-20
OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–2/5
101008
PN=186
A
F44
F12
F40
F13
F41
F10
F42
F11
F45
A
F46
F15
F47
K6
F30
F35
A
F31
F36
B
K2
A
A
TX1014514
–UN–28NOV06
F48
TX1014514
A—Spare
B—Diagnostic Connector
F10—Key Switch Fuse
F11—Radio—Power Port Fuse
(Unswitched)
F12—Horn-Stop Lamp Fuse
F13—Flex Load Controller
(FLC)-Flex Hydraulic
Controller (FHC)-Flasher
Fuse (Unswitched)
F15—Monitor-Service
ADVISOR Fuse
F30—Monitor-Flex Load
Controller (FLC)-Flex
Hydraulic Controller
(FHC) (Switched) Fuse
F31—Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse
F35—Park Brake-Pump-MFWD
Fuse
F36—Transmission Control
Fuse
F40—Docking-Front Work
Lights Fuse
F41—Front Drive-Tail-Beacon
Lights Fuse
F42—Rear Work Lights Fuse
F44—Blower Fuse
F45—Dome-Radio-Power Port
Fuse
F46—RTD-ALT-Excitation Fuse
F47—Aux Function Power
Connectors Fuse
F48—Wipers-Washer Fuse
K2—Ignition Relay
K6—Transmission Relay
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine Fuse Panel
4-1-21
OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–3/5
101008
PN=187
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuse
–UN–01FEB08
NOTE: The ECU fuse on Tier 3 engines is a 20A fuse.
On Tier 2 and non-regulated engines it is a 10A
fuse.
ECU fuse (1) is located on the left-hand side of engine.
TX1035854A
1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuse
TX1002532A
–UN–12JAN06
Tier 3 Engine
4-1-22
OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–4/5
101008
PN=188
JDLink In-Line Fuse (If Equipped)
1. Turn machine off.
–UN–05JUN07
2. On left side of machine, remove 3 cap screws (2), and
lift out tool box to access the 7.5 Amp JDLink
unswitched power in-line fuse (1).
TX1024626A
NOTE: JDLink unswitched power in-line fuse (F70) will
be labeled with a tag and will be on the red wire.
3. To deactivate the JDLink Machine Monitoring
System, remove the unswitched power in-line fuse.
4. Install tool box and cap screws.
1—JDLink Unswitched Power In-Line Fuse (7.5
Amp)
2—Cap Screws (3 used)
TX1024599
–UN–05JUN07
1
OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–5/5
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb
–UN–07JAN06
1. Remove screws (1), cover (2), lamp (3), and lamp
housing (5).
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to
remove bulb (4).
TX1002234A
IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with
bare hands. Oil and moisture may
cause premature bulb failure. Clean
bulb glass if touched, using an oil-free
cloth with alcohol.
1—Screw (4 used)
2—Lamp Cover
3—Lamp
4—Bulb
5—Lamp Housing
3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.
VD76477,00010D3 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-23
101008
PN=189
Checking Starting System
–UN–10JAN06
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DO
NOT attempt to start machine unless you are
sitting in operator’s seat. DO NOT bypass or
disable any of the starting system parts.
TX1002514A
Set park brake before attempting to start
engine.
2. Operator’s seat facing forward (Loader position) and
locked.
1—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
3. Move Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to 1st gear
forward (1F).
4. Apply service brakes.
5. Start the engine.
NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in Forward, F,
or Reverse, R, but the controller will automatically
shift the transmission to Neutral (N).
6. Display will show Release Park Brake. Display will not
show F, Forward, or R, Reverse, until TCL is cycled
back to neutral and park brake is released.
VD76477,0001146 –19–07MAR07–1/1
4-1-24
101008
PN=190
Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped
Tier 3 Engine
TX1036119A
–UN–05FEB08
1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port
2—Engine Oil Sample Port
3—Transmission Oil Sample Port
4—Coolant Sample Port
TX1036120A
–UN–05FEB08
Located Under Cab Door
Right Side of Engine
VD76477,00011A3 –19–06FEB08–1/2
–UN–19JAN06
The fluid sampling ports are located on the right side of
the engine.
TX1002648A
1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port
2—Engine Oil Sample Port
3—Transmission Oil Sample Port
4—Coolant Sample Port
VD76477,00011A3 –19–06FEB08–2/2
4-1-25
101008
PN=191
Changing Loader Buckets
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling
hardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fall
forward if bucket is in dig position when pins
are removed. Remove pins only when bucket is
on ground in full dump position.
1. Position bucket as shown.
2. Attach a hoist to cylinder (5).
3. Remove pin (1) and rotate pivot links (2) to rear
against cross tube (3).
4. Remove pin (4) and carefully lay cylinder on cross
tube.
–UN–14NOV06
5. Tie pivot links to the cross tube.
TX1015068A
CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injury
if not moved properly. Use adequate lifting
device to move bucket.
6. Remove retaining hardware, pins (6) and bucket.
7. Position new bucket in dump position. Install pins (6).
8. Untie pivot links from cross tube. Remove hoist from
cylinder.
9. Connect pivot links and cylinder using previously
removed pins (1 and 4) and retaining hardware.
1—Pin
2—Pivot Links (2 used)
3—Cross Tube
4—Pin
5—Cylinder
6—Pins (2 used)
VD76477,000129C –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-1-26
101008
PN=192
Adding Front Counterweights
–UN–24JAN06
CAUTION: Counterweights are heavy and can
cause serious injury if dropped. Ensure
counterweights are properly supported with a
forklift or other adequate lifting device before
removing.
1. Support counterweights with a forklift before adding or
removing weights. Insert forklift tines in slots (1).
2. Remove cap screws (2).
TX1003042A
Install front counterweights for added stability as
necessary.
1—Slot (2 used)
3—Counterweights
3. Remove or add counterweights (3) as necessary.
4. Install cap screws.
VD76477,00012A1 –19–20NOV06–1/1
Reversing Stabilizer Feet
Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operating
on paved surface to prevent damaging work area.
Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirt
to prevent slipping.
To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°
to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot from
turning back around.
T8214AO
–UN–27APR94
A—Rubber Pad Side
B—Cleat Side
C—Pin
VD76477,00010D4 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-27
101008
PN=193
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310J
NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.
Water Only
Tire Size
11L-15 8PR F3
11L-16 12PR F3
12-16.5 8PR NHS
(MFWD)
Water Volume
53 L (14 gal)
57 L (15 gal)
57 L (15 gal)
Water/CaCl2 Solution *
Water Weight
53 kg (117 lb)
57 kg (126 lb)
57 kg (126 lb)
Water Volume
45 L (12 gal)
49 L (13 gal)
49 L (13 gal)
Weight of Solution
Per Tire
64 kg (142 lb)
70 kg (155 lb)
70 kg (155 lb)
Water Weight
19 kg (42 lb)
21 kg (46 lb)
21 kg (46 lb)
*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).
VD76477,00010D5 –19–16OCT06–1/1
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SJ
NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.
Water Only
Tire Size
11L-15 8PR F3
11L-16 12PR F3
12.5/80-18 10PR
(MFWD)
Water Volume
53 L (14 gal)
57 L (15 gal)
102 L (27 gal)
Water Weight
53 kg (117 lb)
57 kg (126 lb)
102 kg (225 lb)
Water/CaCl2 Solution *
Water Volume
45 L (12 gal)
49 L (13 gal)
95 L (25 gal)
Water Weight
19 kg (42 lb)
21 kg (46 lb)
28 kg (62 lb)
Weight of Solution
Per Tire
64 kg (142 lb)
70 kg (155 lb)
123 kg (269 lb)
*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).
VD76477,00010D6 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-28
101008
PN=194
Welding on Machine
T158046C
Connect welder ground clamp close to
each weld area so electrical current
does not arc inside any bearings.
–UN–22AUG02
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables to
prevent voltage spikes from damaging
alternator or dash instruments.
NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the
battery box. See Removing Batteries in this
section.
HG31779,00000BE –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-29
101008
PN=195
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If
Equipped
X9811
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.
CAUTION: The boom will jump upward during
this check. Make sure area around bucket is
clear.
–UN–20DEC06
1. Start engine.
2. Run engine at high idle.
TX1013918A
3. Push ride control switch (1) to on position.
4. Raise boom to maximum height.
5. Power boom down half-way to ground.
6. Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.
7. If boom is not cushioned when loader valve is
released, see your authorized dealer for servicing the
accumulator.
VD76477,0001137 –19–20OCT06–1/1
4-1-30
101008
PN=196
Discharge Ride Control System Hydraulic
Pressure—If Equipped
TX1013918A
–UN–20DEC06
unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn key
switch to ON. Push upper half of ride control
switch to activate ride control and move loader
control lever to FLOAT.
Do not have ride control activated when starting
the machine; the machine may move if ride
control is activated when the machine is
started.
Do not have ride control activated when
operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.
The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in
the loader circuit.
Before servicing or performing maintenance on the
machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ride
control system as follows:
1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.
2. Push lower half of ride control switch (1) to deactivate
ride control.
3. Start the engine.
4. Position front loader boom so that the bucket is
approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Turn key switch to “On” without restarting engine. Push
upper half of ride control switch to activate ride control.
7. Move loader control lever to “Float” position. Bucket
should lower to ground.
4-1-31
VD76477,0001138 –19–20OCT06–1/2
101008
PN=197
8. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, see
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If Equipped in
this section.
VD76477,0001138 –19–20OCT06–2/2
Discharge Pilot Control System Hydraulic
Pressure—If Equipped
–UN–02JAN03
machine movement. Turn engine off. Keep
bystanders clear of machine.
T163349B
Before servicing or performing maintenance on the
machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the pilot
control system as follows:
1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.
1—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
2—Pilot Controls
2. Turn off engine.
3. Turn key switch to “On” position.
4. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.
5. Pull pilot control towers back to operating position.
6. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to “Unlock”
7. Actuate pilot controls (2) in a circular pattern for five to
ten rotations.
HG31779,00001BD –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-32
101008
PN=198
Lowering Boom Without Electrical Power—
For Machines With Pilot Controls
1. Remove rear half of floor mat.
–UN–15JAN03
2. Remove cap screws (1) and plastic cover (2).
T163972B
3. Remove cap screws (3) and rear cab access floor
plate (4).
2—Plastic Cover
4—Rear Cab Access Floor Plate
BT40170,0000043 –19–16JAN08–1/2
4. Disconnect hose (5) from bulkhead fitting (6).
5. Connect remote pressure source to bulkhead fitting.
Pressure source must be within specification.
T164626B
–UN–27JAN03
Specification
Remote Pressure Source—
Pressure ....................................................................... 1379—24 821 kPa
14—248 bar
200—3600 psi
6. Lower boom using pilot controls.
7. Disconnect remote pressure source.
5—Hose
6—Pilot Pressure Bulkhead Fitting
8. Connect hose to bulkhead fitting (6).
9. Install rear access floor plate.
10. Install plastic cover and floor mat.
BT40170,0000043 –19–16JAN08–2/2
4-1-33
101008
PN=199
Check Park Brake
–UN–20DEC06
unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat
belt before performing this check.
TX1013963A
2. Start machine on dry, hard pavement.
3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.
4. Push right half of park brake switch (1) to disengage
the park brake.
1—Park Brake Switch
5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.
6. Move the Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to F. Move
the gearshift lever to 2nd gear.
7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and drive
approximately 7 m (20 ft), then push left half of park
brake switch to engage the park brake. The machine
must stop within 2 m (6 ft) and transmission must shift
to neutral.
VD76477,0001139 –19–07MAR07–1/1
4-1-34
101008
PN=200
Bleeding Service Brakes
–UN–26OCT88
CAUTION: Operating machine with excessive
brake travel could cause brakes not to stop
machine on first application.
NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through
brake valve without use of bleed screws.
T6838AE
Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will
slow bleed process. Brake lines must be inclined
toward brake valve.
Bleeding Brakes Manually
1. Engage park brake. Run engine at fast idle. Dump and
curl backhoe bucket five times.
2. Run engine at slow idle. Pump left-side brake pedal
five times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump for
air to escape.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the left-side brake pedal is
solid.
4. Pump right-side brake pedal until pedal is solid, then
pump both brake pedals together until both brake
pedals are solid.
5. Check pedal travel.
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance .......................................................................... 95 mm Maximum
3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................................ 114 mm Maximum
4.5 in.
Bleeding Brakes with Vacuum Device
1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum device to
breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes,
disconnect air pressure from vacuum device.
2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device
connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both
pedals should become solid.
4-1-35
VD76477,000119B –19–07MAR07–1/2
101008
PN=201
3. Check pedal travel.
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance .......................................................................... 95 mm Maximum
3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................................ 114 mm Maximum
4.5 in.
Brakes will continue to self-bleed and pedal firmness
should improve as machine is operated. If unable to
obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines and connections for
leakage. See your authorized dealer.
VD76477,000119B –19–07MAR07–2/2
4-1-36
101008
PN=202
Service Recommendations For STC1 Fittings
–UN–14APR03
STC fittings are used on this machine. The fittings are
designed to allow the hydraulic hose to rotate as needed
when the system is not pressurized. This prevents the
hydraulic hoses from binding when components are put
back to their operating position.
T161381C
Fittings are easily disconnected using special tool,
JDG1385 (1) (supplied with machine). The special tool
has a different size slot cut into each end. The narrow slot
is for -06 size fittings. The wide slot is for -08 size fittings.
Use appropriate end of special tool on fitting being
disconnected. To connect fittings, simply push each half of
fitting together.
JDG1385 Tool Storage Location In Toolbox—Later Machines
–UN–24OCT00
IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or
damage to fitting may result.
T134792C
DO NOT force release sleeve beyond
normal range of travel, otherwise,
release sleeve may fall off when hose is
disconnected. If this happens and fitting
is connected without the release sleeve
installed, fitting will not be able to be
disconnected again.
1—Special Tool JDG1385
2—Shoulder Of Fitting
3—Release Sleeve
1. Disconnect STC type fittings:
a. Clean area around fitting, especially around the
release sleeve (3).
b. While keeping special tool JDG1385 perpendicular
to the fitting, insert tool between release sleeve and
shoulder.
c. Gently push, DO NOT PRY, release sleeve away
from shoulder to disconnect the fitting.
d. Pull hose to disconnect.
1
STC is a registered trademark of the Aeroquip Corporation.
4-1-37
VD76477,00010D7 –19–20DEC06–1/2
101008
PN=203
2. Inspect STC fittings:
a. Check seal mating surfaces for nicks, scratches, or
flat spots.
–UN–21SEP00
b. Check O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and retaining ring
(2) for wear or damage.
3. Connect STC fittings:
a. Make sure fitting halves (3 and 6) are clean and
free of contaminates.
b. Make sure release sleeve (1) is on male half (6) of
fitting before connecting fitting halves together.
T133922
c. Make sure O-ring, backup ring, and retaining ring
are in position before connecting fitting halves
together.
1—Release Sleeve
2—Retaining Ring
3—Female Half of STC Fitting
4—O-Ring
5—Backup Ring
6—Male Half of STC Fitting
c. Push fitting halves together until a definite snap and
solid stop is felt.
d. Pull back on hose to make sure fitting halves are
locked together.
e. To prevent hoses from binding, move component
into position before pressurizing hydraulic system.
VD76477,00010D7 –19–20DEC06–2/2
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage
CED,OUO1079,486 –19–19JUL00–1/1
Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—If
Equipped
2. Adjust wrist rest (2) up or down to desired position.
T163361B
3. Turn lever clockwise to tighten.
–UN–02JAN03
1. Turn lever (1) counterclockwise to loosen.
HG31779,00001BE –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-1-38
101008
PN=204
Toe-In Check and Adjust
SPECIFICATIONS
Non-Powered Axle and
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD) Axle Toe-In Distance
3—6 mm
0.13—0.25 in.
Tie Rod Jam Nut Torque
120 N•m
89 lb-ft
Toe-In Measurement Check
VD76477,00012C0 –19–21NOV06–1/2
1. Measure distance from ground to center of both hubs
(A). Mark front (B) and rear (C) of each front tire in
center of tread.
–UN–02NOV88
2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rear
marks (C).
Specification
Non-Powered Axle and
(MFWD) Axle—Distance .............................................................. 3—6 mm
0.13—0.25 in.
4. If measurements are not within specification, see your
authorized dealer for adjustment.
T6382JW
3. Front marks must be closer than rear marks within
specification.
Toe-In Measurement
A—Center of Hub
B—Front of Tire
C—Rear of Tire
D—Tie Rod Tube
VD76477,00012C0 –19–21NOV06–2/2
4-1-39
101008
PN=205
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket
If shank is badly worn, install new shank.
Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.
T7646AP
NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word must
face the shank.
–UN–16DEC91
1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the tooth
tip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.
2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin.
3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin in place.
T7646AN
–UN–16DEC91
T7646AO
–UN–16DEC91
A—Tooth Tip
B—Tooth Shank
C—Flex Pin
D—Grooves
TX,90,BD2190 –19–16JAN08–1/1
Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,
Pumps or Motors
Special tools and information are needed to service
control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.
If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.
T82,EXMA,BJ –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-40
101008
PN=206
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or
is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should
be replaced, not reused.
TS176
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled
correctly if the rollover protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
–UN–23AUG88
Keep ROPS Installed Properly
When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates
loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be
tightened to specification.
Specification
ROPS Mounting Bolts—Torque ................................................... 420 N•m
310 lb-ft
VD76477,0001141 –19–21DEC06–1/1
Hardware Torque Specifications
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If
hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.
TX,90,FF1225 –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-41
101008
PN=207
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values
TS1671 –UN–01MAY03
Bolt or
SAE Grade 2a
SAE Grade 1
b
Screw
Lubricated
Size
c
b
Dry
Lubricated
SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2
c
b
Dry
Lubricated
c
SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
Lubricatedb
Dry
Dryc
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
1/4
3.7
33
4.7
42
6
53
7.5
66
9.5
84
12
106
13.5
120
17
150
N•m
lb-ft
N•m
5/16
7.7
68
9.8
86
12
106
15.5
137
19.5
172
25
221
N•m
3/8
13.5
120
17.5
N•m
7/16
22
N•m
194
155
lb-ft
22
N•m
194
lb-ft
27
N•m
240
lb-ft
N•m
lb-ft
28
20.5
35
26
lb-ft
35
26
44
32.5
49
36
63
46
56
41
70
52
80
59
100
74
115
lb-ft
28
20.5
35
26
44
32.5
lb-ft
1/2
34
25
42
31
53
39
67
49
85
63
110
80
120
88
155
9/16
48
35.5
60
45
76
56
95
70
125
92
155
115
175
130
220
165
5/8
67
49
85
63
105
77
135
100
170
125
215
160
240
175
305
225
3/4
120
88
150
110
190
140
240
175
300
220
380
280
425
315
540
400
7/8
190
140
240
175
190
140
240
175
490
360
615
455
690
510
870
640
1
285
210
360
265
285
210
360
265
730
540
920
680
1030
760
1300
960
1-1/8
400
300
510
375
400
300
510
375
910
670
1150
850
1450
1075
1850
1350
1-1/4
570
420
725
535
570
420
725
535
1280
945
1630
1200
2050
1500
2600
1920
1-3/8
750
550
950
700
750
550
950
700
1700
1250
2140
1580
2700
2000
3400
2500
1-1/2
990
730
1250
930
990
730
1250
930
2250
1650
2850
2100
3600
2650
4550
3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the
bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or
crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on
U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear
bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear
bolts with identical grade.
Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 –19–24APR03–1/1
4-1-42
101008
PN=208
8.8
9.8
10.9
12.9
12.9
4.8
8.8
9.8
10.9
12.9
12.9
TS1670
4.8
–UN–01MAY03
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values
Bolt or
Screw
Class 4.8
a
Lubricated
Class 8.8 or 9.8
b
a
Dry
Class 10.9
b
Lubricated
a
Dry
Lubricated
Class 12.9
b
Lubricateda
Dry
Dryb
Size
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
N•m
lb-in
M6
4.7
42
6
53
8.9
79
11.3
100
13
115
16.5
146
15.5
137
19.5
172
M8
11.5
102
14.5
128
22
194
27.5
243
N•m
N•m
M10
23
N•m
204
lb-ft
29
21
N•m
lb-ft
43
32
N•m
55
N•m
lb-ft
32
lb-ft
23.5
N•m
40
lb-ft
29.5
N•m
37
lb-ft
27.5
47
35
40
63
46
80
59
75
55
95
70
lb-ft
lb-ft
M12
40
29.5
50
37
75
55
95
70
110
80
140
105
130
95
165
120
M14
63
46
80
59
120
88
150
110
175
130
220
165
205
150
260
190
M16
100
74
125
92
190
140
240
175
275
200
350
255
320
235
400
300
M18
135
100
170
125
265
195
330
245
375
275
475
350
440
325
560
410
M20
190
140
245
180
375
275
475
350
530
390
675
500
625
460
790
580
M22
265
195
330
245
510
375
650
480
725
535
920
680
850
625
1080
800
M24
330
245
425
315
650
480
820
600
920
680
1150
850
1080
800
1350
1000
M27
490
360
625
460
950
700
1200
885
1350
1000
1700
1250
1580
1160
2000
1475
M30
660
490
850
625
1290
950
1630
1200
1850
1350
2300
1700
2140
1580
2700
2000
M33
900
665
1150
850
1750
1300
2200
1625
2500
1850
3150
2325
2900
2150
3700
2730
M36
1150
850
1450
1075
2250
1650
2850
2100
3200
2350
4050
3000
3750
2770
4750
3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
instructions are given for the specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 –19–24APR03–1/1
4-1-43
101008
PN=209
Operational Checkout Procedure
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions
on the machine. It is designed so you can make a
quick check of machine operation while doing both a
walk around inspection and performing specific checks
from the operator’s seat.
Should you experience a problem with your machine,
you will find helpful diagnostic information in this
checkout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table of
contents to help find adjustment procedures. This
information may allow you to perform simple repairs
yourself, reducing machine down time.
The information obtained after completing the
operational checkout will allow you or your authorized
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to
restore the machine to specifications.
A location will be required which is level and has
adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
equipment are needed to perform this checkout.
Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil
condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,
wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine
must be at operating temperature for many of the
checks.
Locate the check to be performed at the top of the left
column and read completely down the column before
performing the check. Follow this sequence from left to
right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,
you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problem
is indicated, you will be referred to either a group in
this manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.
VD76477,000130A –19–26MAR07–1/1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
– – –1/1
1 Display and Clear
Trouble Codes
Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the
operational checkout.
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods:
YES: Correct all
diagnostics trouble codes
before proceeding. See
your authorized dealer.
• Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
• Service Advisor
NO: Proceed with
operational checkout.
– – –1/1
Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks
– – –1/1
4-2-1
101008
PN=210
1 Battery Check
YES: Go to next check.
NO: Test battery.
TX1003151 –19–30JAN06
Key switch OFF.
Press SELECT button, on Standard Display Monitor (SDM), and hold until battery volts
are displayed.
NOTE: Fuel gauge will calibrate against the far left peg before returning to its normal
operating position and engine hours will be displayed.
LOOK: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts?
– – –1/1
Key Switch ON, Engine Off Checks
– – –1/1
4-2-2
101008
PN=211
1 Standard Display
Monitor (SDM) Check
NO: See your authorized
dealer.
TX1003145 –UN–02FEB06
Model Number
TX1003151 –19–30JAN06
Key switch ON (engine NOT running).
Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators and gauges).
Press NEXT until the SDM displays gear, engine speed and hour meter.
NOTE: Starting motor must not operate.
LOOK: Do all lights and backlighting come on?
Does the display show the correct model number?
Do all gauge indicators point to approximately 12:00 o’clock position and then move to
their normal operating position?
Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button.
dealer.
LOOK: Does the display show volts, gear and engine
speed?
TX1003153 –UN–
– – –1/2
4-2-3
101008
PN=212
dealer.
TX1003147 –UN–02FEB06
LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and hydraulic oil temperature?
N
JOB
0
132.4
dealer.
TX1003154 –19–22JAN07
LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and job timer hours?
–19– –2/2
2 Service Brake Pedal
Stop Check
Unlock brake pedals.
Lift left and right brake pedals individually.
dealer.
LOOK: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of
travel before cap screws contact stop?
T134625 –UN–19OCT00
NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should
be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in.).
This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened
and brakes are released.
– – –1/1
4-2-4
101008
PN=213
3 Ride Control
Electrical Check (If
Equipped)
Turn key switch ON (do not start engine).
Turn ride control switch ON.
LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed
Switch Module (SSM) indicator light turn ON?
dealer.
TX1002661 –UN–13JAN06
Turn ride control switch OFF.
LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed Switch Module (SSM) indicator light
turn off?
dealer.
– – –1/1
Key Switch On, Engine On
– – –1/1
1 Park Brake Indicator
and Switch Check
Fasten Seat Belt.
Operator’s seat facing loader position.
dealer.
Apply service brakes.
Start the engine.
TX1003182 –UN–30JAN06
Engine speed at slow idle.
LOOK: Is the PARK BRAKE indicator on?
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Release park brake.
LOOK: Is the Park Brake indicator OFF?
Apply park brake.
Stop the engine.
– – –1/1
4-2-5
101008
PN=214
2 Start Circuit Check
RELEASE
PA R K B R A K E
TX1003174 –UN–30JAN06
dealer.
TX1003152 –19–22JAN07
Fasten seat belt.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear Forward (1F).
Start the engine.
NOTE: The engine will start with transmission control lever (TCL) in Forward (F) or
Reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shift the transmission to Neutral (N).
LOOK/LISTEN: Does the engine start?
Does display show RELEASE PARK BRAKE?
TX1003148 –UN–02FEB06
Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to Neutral.
NOTE: Display will not show “F” Forward or “R” Reverse until the transmission control
lever (TCL) is cycled to Neutral and the park brake has been released.
LOOK: Does display show Neutral (N).
TX1003149 –UN–30JAN06
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear Forward.
LOOK: Does display show 1F?
– – –1/1
4-2-6
101008
PN=215
3 Reverse Warning
Alarm Check
dealer.
TX1003175 –UN–30JAN06
TX1003150 –UN–30JAN06
1R Gearshift Lever
1R Display
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear reverse (1R).
LOOK/LISTEN: Does display show correct gear and direction?
Does the reverse warning alarm sound?
– – –1/1
4 Transmission Gear
Shift Detent Check
Fasten seat belt.
Start the engine.
NO: Replace
transmission control lever
(TCL)/range switch.
TX1003176 –UN–30JAN06
Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F).
Turn transmission control lever (TCL) to shift into each
gear.
LOOK: Does gear number align with pointer in each
speed detent position?
Does twist handle remain in detented positions?
Does display indicate correct gear and direction?
– – –1/1
4-2-7
101008
PN=216
5 Park Brake Function
Check
dealer.
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Fasten seat belt.
Start the engine.
Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 3rd gear Forward (3F).
Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few
feet.
Apply the Park Brake.
NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as Park Brake is applied.
LOOK/FEEL: Does Park Brake engage immediately, when Park Brake Switch is
pushed and does the machine stop?
– – –1/1
6 Pilot Control Tower
Operating/Stored
Position Check (If
Equipped)
Move pilot control towers into operating position.
Release towers.
dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in operating position?
Move pilot control towers into stored position.
LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in stored position?
– – –1/1
4-2-8
101008
PN=217
7 Pilot Control
Enable/Disable Switch
Check (If Equipped)
Run engine at 1500 rpm.
NO: Continue with check.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use
appropriate lifting device.
YES: See your authorized
dealer.
Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket.
Specification
310J—Weight (approximate) ................................................................................ 7321 kg
16 140 lb
Disable pilot controls and move control levers.
LOOK: Do activated functions move?
– – –1/1
8 Pilot Control Pattern
Select Switch Check
(If Equipped)
YES: Continue with
check.
Enable pilot controls.
Select backhoe from the two position pattern select switch.
Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward.
dealer.
LOOK: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated?
Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch.
Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward.
dealer.
LOOK: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated?
Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?
– – –1/1
9 Pilot Control Valve
Check (If Equipped)
Move pilot control levers in all directions.
NO: If pilot control levers
bind during travel or do
not return to neutral
position, inspect controls
and towers. See your
authorized dealer.
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers move freely in all directions?
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers spring back to neutral when released?
– – –1/1
4-2-9
101008
PN=218
10 Pilot Control
Accumulator Check
(If Equipped)
Run engine at 1500 rpm.
Operators seat in backhoe position.
dealer.
Disengage boom from boom lock.
Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds.
Turn engine off, and turn key switch to on.
NOTE: Pilot control enable switch must be cycled after key switch is turned back into
on position.
Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position.
Activate boom down function.
LOOK: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?
– – –1/1
11 Backhoe Position
Control Pattern
YES: Continue check.
Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.
dealer.
Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer.
Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer
LOOK: Do both stabilizers raise and lower?
– – –1/1
4-2-10
101008
PN=219
12 Stabilizer Cylinder
Check
Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm.
Position loader bucket off the ground.
dealer.
CAUTION: Machine will move forward as transmission control lever (TCL)
is moved into forward (F).
Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?
Raise stabilizers.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?
– – –1/1
13 Hydraulic and
Transmission Oil
Warmup Procedure
IMPORTANT: For the following checks all systems must be warmed up to
operating range to get accurate test results.
Check hydraulic oil temperature. If hydraulic oil temperature is not to specification allow
machine time to warm up to normal operating range.
NO: Warm system to
specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Oil—Temperature ............................................................................... 60—70°C
140—160°F
Check transmission oil temperature. If transmission oil temperature is not to
specification allow machine time to warm up to normal operating range.
Specification
Transmission Oil—Temperature ........................................................................ 60—70°C
140—160°F
Are hydraulic and transmission oil temperature to specification?
– – –1/1
4-2-11
101008
PN=220
14 Cycle Times Check
CAUTION: Make
sure area is clear
and large enough
to operate all
functions of
machine.
IMPORTANT: Warm
hydraulic oil to operating
temperature for this
check.
Engine at fast idle.
Record cycle time for each function.
NO: Check hydraulic oil
level. See Check
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil
Does machine perform within specifications?
Specification
Loader boom raise (bucket flat on
ground-to-full height)—Maximum Cycle
Time (seconds) ................................................................................. 310J - 4.9 (seconds)
310SJ - 5.5 (seconds)
Loader boom lower—Powered (full
height-to-bucket flat on ground)—
Maximum Cycle Time ....................................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)
Loader boom lower—Float (full
height-to-bucket flat on ground)—
Maximum Cycle Time ....................................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)
Loader bucket dump (boom just above
ground—Maximum Cycle Time ........................................................ 310J - 2.6 (seconds)
Loader bucket curl (boom just above
ground)—Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................. 2.6 (seconds)
Backhoe boom raise (backhoe at
maximum reach, bucket teeth on
ground-to-boom at cushion)—Maximum
Cycle Time .................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)
Backhoe boom lower (backhoe at
maximum reach, bucket teeth on
ground-to-boom at cushion)—Maximum
Cycle Time .................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)
Crowd in (boom in transport position)—
Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................................. 3.1 (seconds)
Crowd out (boom in transport position)—
Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................................. 2.7 (seconds)
Backhoe bucket dump—Maximum Cycle
Time ............................................................................................................. 2.4 (seconds)
Backhoe bucket curl—Maximum Cycle
Time ............................................................................................................. 3.2 (seconds)
Backhoe swing (boom raised to cushion,
bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to
ground
cylinder-cushion-to-cylinder-cushion
(180°))—Maximum Cycle Time ................................................................... 3.3 (seconds)
Extendible dipperstick extend—If
Equipped—Maximum Cycle Time ............................................................... 2.4 (seconds)
Extendible dipperstick retract—If
Equipped—Maximum Cycle Time ............................................................... 2.6 (seconds)
Right stabilizer down (full up-to-ground
level)—Maximum Cycle Time ..................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Right stabilizer up (ground level-to-full
up)—Maximum Cycle Time ......................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Left stabilizer down (full up-to-ground
level)—Maximum Cycle Time ..................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Left stabilizer up (ground level-to-full
up)—Maximum Cycle Time ......................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Steering right to left—Turns .................................................................................. 2.3 to 3
Steering left to right—Turns .................................................................................. 2.3 to 3
Steering right to left (MFWD)—Turns ................................................................... 2.3 to 3
Steering left to right (MFWD)—Turns ................................................................... 2.3 to 3
dealer.
Does machine perform within specifications?
– – –1/1
4-2-12
101008
PN=221
15 Brake System
Leakage Check
Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal
using approximately 267 N (60 lb-force).
Specification
Brake Pedal—Force................................................ 267 N
60 lb
T134626 –UN–19OCT00
NO: Go to next check.
YES: Bleed brake
system. See Bleeding
Service Brakes. (Section
4-1.)
LOOK: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air
in the system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0
in.) per minute.
– – –1/1
16 Brake Drag/Park
Brake Check
Operator’s seat in loader position.
Position machine on a gradual slope with front of
machine facing downhill.
dealer.
Lift loader bucket off the ground.
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to Neutral.
T6171AL –UN–09DEC88
Differential lock not actuated.
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Release park brake.
Release service brakes.
Let machine coast freely for several feet.
Apply park brake.
LOOK: Did machine stop?
Release park brake.
LOOK: Did machine coast freely?
NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes.
Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging.
– – –1/1
4-2-13
101008
PN=222
17 Engine Speed Select
Knob Check
dealer.
TX1003184 –UN–30JAN06
Engine speed slow idle.
Auto-Idle OFF.
Lower all equipment to the ground.
Transmission control lever (TCL) in Neutral.
Move speed control knob to slow idle, then to fast idle position.
LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (Fast
Idle)?
dealer.
Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.
Raise rear wheels of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear forward.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
dealer.
Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Release service brakes.
NO: Go to next check.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm?
YES: See your authorized
dealer.
– – –1/1
4-2-14
101008
PN=223
18 Engine Speed
Control Pedal Check
dealer.
Move the engine speed control pedal from slow idle to fast idle.
LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (Fast
Idle)?
– – –1/1
19 Auto-Idle Circuit
Check (If Equipped)
Engine speed fast idle.
Auto-Idle switch OFF (Indicator light OFF).
dealer.
TX1002663 –UN–13JAN06
Push Auto-Idle Switch to ON.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed decrease after 4 to 6
seconds? Does Auto-Idle indicator light come ON?
Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to its original setting?
dealer.
Rotate operator’s seat to loader position.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle.
dealer.
LOOK: Does Auto-Idle indicator light go OFF?
– – –1/1
4-2-15
101008
PN=224
20 Engine and Torque
Converter Check
(Without MFWD)
Position machine with loader bucket at ground level
against a dirt bank or immovable object.
dealer.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F)
position.
T6171AM –UN–09DEC88
Engage differential lock.
Increase engine speed to fast idle.
Release park brake.
LOOK: Do rear wheels stall?
NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine,
transmission and torque converter performance.
– – –1/1
21 Transmission Neutral
Disconnect Circuit
Check
Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position.
Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm.
dealer.
Raise loader bucket off the ground.
Shift transmission into 4th gear.
Release park brake.
Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F).
LISTEN: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the transmission control
lever (TCL) is shifted into forward (F)?
Press button on loader control lever and note sound of engine.
LISTEN: Does engine rpm increase when the neutral disconnect button is pressed?
– – –1/1
4-2-16
101008
PN=225
22 Differential Lock
Check
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury
from heavy component. Use appropriate
lifting device.
dealer.
Raise machine off the ground.
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Specification
310J—Weight
(approximate) ....................................................... 7321 kg
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Unlock the brake pedals.
Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF
(if equipped).
Depress differential lock control.
Operate machine at approximately 1200 rpm in 1st
forward (1F).
Apply one brake pedal.
LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop.
– – –1/1
23 Differential Gear and
Pinion Check
Release park brake.
dealer.
Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.
Steer machine in a maximum left turn and depress left brake pedal to stop the left
wheel.
Steer machine in a maximum right turn and depress right brake pedal to stop the right
wheel.
LISTEN: Can excessive gear noise be heard in the differential or pinion gear area?
– – –1/1
4-2-17
101008
PN=226
24 Front Wheel
Alignment (Toe-In)
Check
Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with
loose material.
LOOK: Is material from behind front wheels thrown
excessively inward or outward?
NO: See Toe-In Check
and Adjust. (Section 4-1.)
T6264AI –UN–22OCT91
– – –1/1
25 Mechanical Front
Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Driving Check (If
Equipped)
dealer.
T131717B –UN–15JUN00
MFWD Switch
Specification
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.
Press and hold and then release the top half of the mechanical front wheel drive
(MFWD) switch.
LOOK: Do the front wheels turn when the switch is pressed and stop when it is
released?
Press the bottom of the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch to engage
mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).
LOOK: Do the front wheel continue to turn.
dealer.
– – –1/1
4-2-18
101008
PN=227
26 Mechanical Front
Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Differential Check
dealer.
Specification
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F).
Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).
Lower front wheels to just contact ground.
LOOK: Does at least one front wheel turn?
– – –1/1
27 Mechanical Front
Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Gear and Pinion
Check
Drive machine at transport speed with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) engaged,
then disengage.
LISTEN: Does mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) “whine” when disengaged?
NOTE: It is normal for mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) to “whine” when engaged
at transport speeds.
NO: If mechanical front
wheel drive (MFWD)
“whines”, check oil levels
and fill to correct level.
– – –1/1
28 Ride Control System
Check (If Equipped)
Run engine at fast idle.
Turn ride control ON.
dealer.
Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.
Raise loader boom to maximum height.
Power boom down half-way to the ground.
Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick.
LOOK: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released?
– – –1/1
4-2-19
101008
PN=228
29 Hydraulic Loader
Coupler Check (If
Equipped)
CAUTION: Avoid unexpected movement. Position attachment on ground
before releasing pin.
dealer.
Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.
Move coupler switch to disengage position.
LOOK/LISTEN: Do coupler pins retract?
LISTEN: Does chime sound?
LOOK: Does coupler indicator light come ON?
– – –1/1
30 Steering System
Checks
Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground.
NO: Wheels did NOT
move smoothly in both
directions. Wheels
continued to move after
steering wheel was
stopped. See your
authorized dealer.
Raise rear of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.
Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times.
LOOK: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steering
wheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?
NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to
continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.
– – –1/1
31 Cylinder Cushion
Check
Engine speed idle.
dealer.
Raise rear of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
Boom must be lowered from the transport position.
Activate backhoe swing left and right.
Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke.
LOOK: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke?
Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function.
– – –1/1
4-2-20
101008
PN=229
32 Backhoe and Loader
Function Drift Check
Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.
Specification
Hydraulic Oil—Temperature ............................................................................... 60—70°C
140—160°F
dealer.
Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground.
Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off the ground.
Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket.
Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute.
LOOK: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute?
– – –1/1
Cab System Checks
– – –1/1
1 Cab System Checks
Operational Checkout
Do the following work properly?
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
YES: Operational
checkout complete.
Seat adjustment
Seat belt
Tilt wheel console
Dome light
Horn
Front and rear windshield wiper and washer
Four speed (five position) blower fan
Air conditioning
Heater
Door and window latches
Front and rear work lights
Drive and brake lights
Warning lights
Turn signals
Side shield latches
Grill housing
Fuel fill cap
Loader boom lock check
Backhoe boom lock check
Service decal check
Beacon (if equipped)
Auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped)
NO: Repair.
– – –1/1
4-2-21
101008
PN=230
Troubleshooting Procedure
NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the
simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult to
verify. When diagnosing a problem, use all
possible means to isolate the problem to a single
component or system. Use the following steps to
diagnose problems:
Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure
Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts
Step 3. Adjustments
Step 4. See your authorized John Deere dealer.
HG31779,0000020 –19–08JAN08–1/1
4-3-1
101008
PN=231
Engine
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Cranks, But Will Not Start
or Starts Hard
Fuel tank empty
Check fuel quantity.
Fuel tank vent plugged
Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
No electrical power to ECU
Turn key switch to ON position.
Replace fuse. Repair wiring.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel
line
Drain water from fuel tank. Inspect
fuel filter for water. Change filter.
Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of
fuel
Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
type of fuel debris. Check bottom of
fuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Add
fuel. Check grade of fuel. Add
correct fuel.
Air leak on suction side of fuel
system
Check for bubbles in fuel filter and
tighten connections. Inspect fuel
lines for damage.
Fuel transfer pump diaphragm
leaking
Check engine oil for fuel dilution.
Slow cranking speed
Check battery and connections.
Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).
Restricted air filter
Check air filter restriction indicator
and air filters. Clean.
Restricted fuel filter
Replace fuel filter.
ECU fuse
Replace fuse.
4-3-2
HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–1/4
101008
PN=232
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Surges or Stalls
Frequently
Air in fuel
Inspect filter for evidence of air in
fuel. Tighten connections and bleed
fuel system.
Fuel tank vent plugged
Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
fuel
Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
debris. Check bottom of fuel tank for
debris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Check
grade of fuel.
Water in fuel
Drain fuel tank and inspect filter
element for water. Replace filters.
Fuel filter plugged
Replace filter.
Improper valve clearance
Check and adjust valve clearance.
Air in fuel
Check for evidence of air in filter.
Tighten connections and bleed fuel
system.
fuel
Check fuel tank for water. Check fuel
tank strainer and fuel filter for debris.
Clean. Check grade of fuel.
Incorrect valve clearance
Check and adjust valve clearance.
Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged
Check fuel tank for water or debris.
Remove and clean.
Fuel filter plugged
Replace fuel filter.
Wrong grade of fuel
Drain and add correct fuel.
Air system restricted
Check air filter restriction and air
filters. Clean.
Incorrect valve clearance
Adjust valve clearance.
Restricted air filter
Check air filter restriction and air
filters. Clean or replace.
Incorrect grade of fuel
Engine Misses
Engine Does Not Develop Power
Engine Emits Excessive Black or
Gray Exhaust Smoke
4-3-3
HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–2/4
101008
PN=233
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or
White Smoke
Cranking speed too slow
Check batteries and connections.
Slow Acceleration
Wrong grade of fuel
Detonation (Excess Engine
Knock)
Low engine oil level
Add oil.
Abnormal Engine Noise
Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin)
Add correct oil to proper level.
Engine oil diluted with fuel
Inspect engine oil. See your
authorized dealer.
Low oil level
Add oil to proper level. Inspect
engine oil.
Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with
diesel fuel
Change oil and see your authorized
dealer.
Low coolant level
Fill cooling system and check for
leaks.
Low engine oil level
Add oil.
Engine overloaded, operating in
incorrect gear
Reduce load.
Improper fuel
Radiator cap
Replace cap.
Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure
Light On—Red "Stop" Flashing)
Engine Overheats (Engine
Coolant Indicator Light On and
Red "Stop" Flashing)
4-3-4
HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–3/4
101008
PN=234
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive Fuel Consumption
Air system restricted
Check filter restriction indicator and
air filters. Replace.
Leakage in fuel system
Inspect. Repair.
Refill with correct fuel.
Operator holding hydraulics over
relief
Return control levers to neutral
position.
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn
bearings caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication
Check for plugged air filters.
Excessive Drag In Turbocharger
Rotating Members
HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–4/4
4-3-5
101008
PN=235
Electrical System
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Nothing Works
Battery undercharged or dead
Disconnect switch
Check switch knob position.
Start fuse
Replace fuse.
Battery cables making poor
connections
Clean cable connections at battery
and starter solenoid.
Power circuit components
Battery undercharged or dead
Battery cables making poor
connection
Clean connections at battery, starter,
and ground to frame.
Starter relay problem
Starter solenoid problem
Starter motor problem
Starter motor pinion stuck in flywheel
gear
Repair starter motor. See your
authorized dealer.
Key switch
Major engine problem
Battery cable connections loose or
corroded
Clean and/or tighten connections.
Batteries undercharged
Starter armature bearings worn
causing starter "drag"
Repair or replace starter. See your
authorized dealer.
Starter pinion not engaging flywheel
ring gear
Starter pinion or flywheel gear teeth
broken
Starter Will Not Crank Engine
Engine Cranks Slowly
Starting Motor Turns, but Engine
Will Not Crank
4-3-6
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–1/6
101008
PN=236
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Starting Motor Continues to Run
after Engine Starts
Starter solenoid stuck
Starter not disengaging
Starter relay stuck
Key switch problem
Wiring harness shorted
High ambient temperature
Refill with distilled water.
Cracked battery case
Replace battery. Install hold-down
correctly.
Battery being overcharged
Low water level
See Battery Using Too Much Water
in this group.
Dirty or wet battery top, causing
discharge
Clean battery and wipe dry.
Corroded or loose battery cable
ends
Clean and tighten cable end clamps.
Recharge battery. If machine has
two batteries, recharge separately.
Broken or loose battery posts
Wiggle posts by hand. If posts are
loose or will turn, replace battery. If
machine has two batteries, replace
both batteries.
Loose fan/alternator belt or worn
pulleys
Inspect belt or pulley. Adjust or
replace as necessary.
Poor connections at batteries or
starter
Clean connections.
Low battery charge
Recharge or replace batteries.
Starter solenoid "hold-in" windings
open
Battery Using Too Much Water
Low Battery Output
Starter Solenoid Chatters
4-3-7
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–2/6
101008
PN=237
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Cranks but Does Not
Start
Key switch problem
Engine circuit electrical problem
Check diagnostic trouble codes.
Wiring harness problem
Empty or misaligned start aid can
A click, not a hiss, is heard when
start aid button is pushed. Replace
or adjust can.
Start aid switch
Start aid solenoid
Worn drive belt
Inspect and replace.
Pulley misaligned
Adjust alternator mount.
Alternator bearing worn
Loosen alternator belts. Turn pulley
by hand. If any roughness is felt,
repair alternator.
Internal alternator
Display monitor fuse
Replace fuse.
Wiring harness
Wire harness or bad connection at
bulkhead connector
Gauge
Sender
Wiring harness
Gauge
Sender
Wiring harness
Start Aid Does Not Work
Noisy Alternator
Display Monitor Does Not Work
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge Always Indicates HIGH
Torque Converter Oil
Temperature Gauge Always
Indicates HOT
4-3-8
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–3/6
101008
PN=238
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Fuel Gauge Does Not Work
Fuel gauge problem
Fuel gauge sender problem
Display monitor problem
Low oil level
Stop engine. Check level.
Low oil viscosity
Drain and add correct oil.
Wiring harness
Sender
Restricted engine air filter
Replace filter.
Engine air filter restriction switch
Loose or glazed alternator belt
Check belt. Replace if glazed;
tighten if loose.
Engine rpm low
Raise engine rpm. If light remains
on, see your authorized dealer.
Excessive electrical load from added
accessories
Remove accessories or install higher
output alternator.
Loose or corroded electrical
connections on battery, ground
strap, starter or alternator
Inspect, clean, or tighten electrical
connections.
Alternator excitation diode
Alternator problem
Display monitor problem
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
Indicates Low
Engine Air Filter Restriction
Indicator Light Stays On All the
Time
Voltage Indicator Light Remains
On
4-3-9
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–4/6
101008
PN=239
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction
Time
Restricted hydraulic oil filter
Replace filter.
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch
Wiring harness
Sender
Horn
Horn fuse
Horn switch
Wiring harness
Wiring harness
Backup alarm
Wiper fuse
Replace fuse.
Wiper switch problem
Wiper motor problem
Blower motor fuse
Replace fuse.
Fan motor switch problem
Fan motor resistor problem
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Time
Horn Does Not Sound
Backup Alarm Does Not Sound
Front or Rear Wiper Does Not
Work
Blower Motor Does Not Work
4-3-10
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–5/6
101008
PN=240
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Cab Work Lights Do Not Operate
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Light switch problem
Cab work light relay problem
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Driving light switch problem
Bulb
Replace bulb.
Fuse
Replace fuse.
Dome light switch problem
Low battery charge
Check battery connections.
Low alternator output
Check belt tension.
Poor ground at lights
Clean and tighten connections.
Alternator excitation/Return-to-dig
fuse
Replace fuse.
Boom switch out of adjustment
Check cam to see if it activates
switch. Adjust as required.
Driving Lights Do Not Work
Dome Light Does Not Work
Dim Lights
Return-to-Dig Does Not Operate
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–6/6
4-3-11
101008
PN=241
Steering System
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Slow or Hard Steering
Air in system
Check oil level.
Check suction hose clamps.
Erratic ("Spongy") Steering
Steering lines or load sensing "LS"
lines damaged (bent)
Check and replace.
Air in system
Check oil level.
Check suction hose clamps.
No Response When Steering
Wheel Is Turned
Low or no oil
Check reservoir oil level.
VD76477,000126B –19–21DEC06–1/1
4-3-12
101008
PN=242
Hydraulic System
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Reservoir Drains When Changing
Hydraulic Filter
Return tube vent hole in reservoir
may be plugged
Remove, inspect and repair.
Vent tube broken off inside reservoir
Remove and repair.
Low oil level
Add oil to correct level.
Pump problem
Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.
If filter contains excessive amounts
of metal material, see your
authorized dealer.
Obstruction in oil lines or valves
Inspect for pinched lines or stuck
valve spools.
Hydraulic oil aerated
Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.
Low oil level
Check oil levels.
Low oil level
Engine rpm too low
Increase rpm or check engine
speed. (See Check Engine Speed in
this manual.)
tighten.
Hose or line leakage
Inspect and tighten fittings.
Slow Loader And Backhoe
Hydraulics (Low Pump Output)
tighten.
Low Hydraulic Power (Low
Hydraulic Pressure)
Low oil level (no aeration of oil)
tighten.
No Loader Or Steering
Hydraulics
Low Hydraulic Power
Slow Hydraulic Functions
4-3-13
HG31779,0000023 –19–21DEC06–1/2
101008
PN=243
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Hydraulic Function Makes
Chattering Noise
Low oil level
tighten.
Excessive load
Reduce load.
Operator holding hydraulic system
over relief
Return levers to neutral when not in
use.
Oil levels too low in reservoir
Check levels and add oil. Use
recommended oil.
Using low viscosity oil in hot weather
Use recommended oil.
Hydraulic cooling system restricted
Clean around radiators and coolers.
Plugged oil cooler
Clean oil cooler.
Oil level too low or too high
Check oil level. Adjust to full mark
on sight gauge.
Incorrect type of oil
Use recommended oil.
Oil maintenance not performed
Perform correct maintenance.
Low oil level
Hydraulic filter bypass valve
chattering
Replace filter. Inspect, clean, and
repair.
No Response When Steering
Wheel Is Turned
Low oil level
Check reservoir oil level.
Machine Turns In Opposite
Direction
Steering cylinder lines not connected
properly
Connect steering cylinder lines to
opposite ports.
Hydraulic Oil Overheats
Foaming Oil
Excessive Pump Noise
HG31779,0000023 –19–21DEC06–2/2
4-3-14
101008
PN=244
Transmission
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Machine Will Not Move In
Forward or Reverse
Low oil level in transmission
Broken drive shafts
Inspect drive shafts and universal
joints for external damage. See your
authorized dealer.
Low oil level
Add oil.
Wrong oil grade
Change oil.
Oil level is low
Wrong oil, aerated oil
Change oil.
Brake dragging
Check for excessive heat in brake
area of axle housing after operating
machine. See your authorized
dealer.
Low or high oil level (aeration of oil)
Add oil or drain.
Wrong oil
Change oil.
Oil level too high or too low
Check oil level and correct.
Incorrect type of oil
Drain and replace oil.
Oil cooler air flow restricted
Inspect and clean exterior of cooler.
Transmission or coolant oil leak
Fan or shroud damaged
Engine low idle too slow
Oil level low
Fill to correct oil level.
Transmission Slippage
Machine Lacks Power or Moves
Slow
Transmission Shifts Too Slow
Transmission Overheats
Excessive Power Train Noise
NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see your
authorized dealer.
VD76477,000125F –19–21DEC06–1/1
4-3-15
101008
PN=245
MFWD
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive Noise
Oil level low
Fill to correct oil level.
VD76477,0001260 –19–14NOV06–1/1
Rear Axle
Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Differential Lock Operation
Problem in electrical circuit to
solenoid
With engine stopped and key switch
turn to accessory, activate
differential lock and listen for a click
from solenoid valve.
Do Differential Lock Operational
Checks.
Differential Lock Will Not Release
Stuck foot switch
Inspect.
Problem in electrical circuit
With engine stopped and key switch
on, activate differential lock and
listen for a click from solenoid valve.
Air in brake valve or lines or piston
Bleed brakes.
Low oil level
Check oil level and fill.
Excessive Noise/Heat
Low oil level
Check oil level and fill.
Park Brake Will Not Engage
Tow release screws turned in
Poor Service Brakes
NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see your
authorized dealer.
VD76477,0001261 –19–14NOV06–1/1
4-3-16
101008
PN=246
Air Conditioning
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Air Conditioning System Does
Not Operate
A/C and heater blower fuse
Replace fuse.
Blower motor switch
Check switch.
A/C and heater ON/OFF switch
Check switch.
A/C and heater relay
Check relay.
Fresh air filter restricted
Clean or replace filter.
Condenser fins restricted with debris
Clean condenser fins.
Recirculating air filter restricted
Refrigerant hose kinked, pinched or
collapsed
Check hose routing.
Heater or evaporator core fins
restricted with dirt or dust
Clean heater or evaporator core fins.
A/C and heater blower motor failed
or operating too slowly
Check blower motor.
Warm outside air leaking into cab
Inspect, repair or replace door and
window seals.
Heater valve remaining open
Inspect, repair, adjust or replace
heater valve or cable.
Air Conditioner Runs Constantly,
Too Cold
Freeze control switch, capillary tube
not positioned in evaporator properly
Reposition capillary tube in
evaporator coil.
Interior Windows Continue to
Fog
A/C system off
Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch
to A/C position.
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Heater System Does Not Operate
A/C and heater blower fuse
Replace fuse.
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool
Interior of Cab
4-3-17
VD76477,0001236 –19–21DEC06–1/2
101008
PN=247
Symptom
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of
Cab
Interior Windows Continue to
Fog
Problem
Solution
Blower motor switch/Blower motor
fan switch (if equipped)
Check switch.
Recirculating air filter restricted
Heater hose kinked, pinched or
collapsed
Re-route or re-index hoses. Replace
collapsed hoses.
Heater coil fins clogged with dirt or
dust
Clean heater fins.
A/C and heater blower motor/Heater
blower motor (if equipped) failed or
operating too slowly
Check motor.
Heater valve remaining closed
Inspect, repair, adjust or replace
heater valve or cable.
A/C system off (if equipped)
Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch
to A/C position.
VD76477,0001236 –19–21DEC06–2/2
4-3-18
101008
PN=248
Prepare Machine for Storage
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage, do not use
biodiesel during machine storage. When
using biodiesel blends, switch to
petroleum diesel for long term storage.
1. Before storage, operate engine on at least one
complete tank of petroleum diesel fuel to purge the fuel
system. Ensure that the fuel tank is full during storage
to prevent water build up due to condensation.
NOTE: For up to and including B20, it is recommended
that biodiesel be used within three months of its
manufacture. For blends greater than B20, it is
recommended that the biodiesel be used within 45
days. The poor oxidation stability characteristic of
biodiesel can result in long-term storage
problems. John Deere does not recommend using
biodiesel in engines powering standby
applications or vehicles operating on a seasonal
basis. Consult your John Deere dealer or fuel
supplier for additives to improve fuel storage and
performance of biodiesel fuels. These additives
must be added to the biodiesel close to its time of
production for them to be effective.
4-4-1
VD76477,00015C2 –19–07FEB08–1/2
101008
PN=249
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing greater than
1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) can
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machines with
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.
T47764
3. Clean primary air cleaner.
–UN–09NOV88
2. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if
necessary, to avoid needless delays later.
4. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations
(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 days
after receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas to
prevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.
5. Run machine back and forth several times. Verify tire
pressure is at the correct operating pressure before
storage.
6. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored
outside, cover with a waterproof material.
IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroy
painted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted areas.
7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat
exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.
8. Add fuel additive and top off fuel tank to prevent
condensation.
9. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the control lever.
10. Lubricate all grease points.
11. Remove batteries.
12. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.
13. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.
LPS is a trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation.
VD76477,00015C2 –19–07FEB08–2/2
4-4-2
101008
PN=250
Monthly Storage Procedure
–UN–18OCT88
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from
asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death. Start engine ONLY in a
well-ventilated area.
T6191AA
1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when air
temperature is above freezing.
2. Remove LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods with
a cleaning solvent.
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.
4-4-3
VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–1/3
101008
PN=251
–UN–18OCT88
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.
During cold temperatures, check fluidity
of engine oil on dipstick. If the oil
appears waxy and/or jelly-like rather
than liquid, DO NOT attempt to start
engine. Use external heat source to
warm the crankcase until oil appears
fluid.
T6181AU
3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and add
oil as required.
4. Check belts.
5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.
6. Check battery electrolyte level. Charge and install
battery.
7. For machines with tires, check condition of tires and
tire pressure.
For machines with tracks, check condition of tracks
and track sag.
On crawler machines with non sealed-and-lubricated
track chains, apply oil to the pin-to-bushing joints. Run
machine back and forth several times.
8. Park machine on a hard surface to prevent tracks from
freezing to ground.
9. Fill fuel tank.
10. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings, if equipped:
a. Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse.
b. Crank engine for 10 seconds.
c. Connect fuel shutoff fuse.
11. Inspect engine compartment, and remove any foreign
material that may have accumulated. Start engine and
run until it reaches operating temperature. Run at 1/2
speed for five minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle.
4-4-4
VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–2/3
101008
PN=252
• If engine fails to start or runs poorly after starting,
change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel system.
12. Operate all controls, levers, seat adjustments, etc.
unexpected machine movement. Clear the area
of all persons before running machine through
the operation procedure.
13. Make sure the area is clear to allow for movement.
Cycle all hydraulic functions several times. Check
condition of all hoses and connections.
14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted, if
possible. Turn key switch to OFF.
15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to exposed cylinder rod
areas.
VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–3/3
4-4-5
101008
PN=253
Record Product Identification Number (PIN)
Purchase Date
T132526B
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product Identification
Number.
–UN–13JUL00
Product Identification Number
A—Product Identification Number Tag
CED,OUO1079,460 –19–13JUL00–1/1
Record Engine Serial Number
–UN–26OCT06
Engine Serial Number
TX1014141A
A—Engine Serial Number Tag
VD76477,0001148 –19–09NOV06–1/1
Record Transmission Serial Number
–UN–07FEB06
Transmission Serial Number
TX1003410A
A—Transmission Serial Number Tag
VD76477,0001149 –19–25OCT06–1/1
Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number
–UN–07FEB06
Rear Axle Housing Serial Number
TX1003412A
A—Rear Axle Serial Number Tag
VD76477,000125B –19–13NOV06–1/1
4-5-1
101008
PN=254
Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial Number—
If Equipped
TX1014904A
–UN–21NOV06
MFWD Front Axle Housing Serial Number
A—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Front Axle
Serial Number Tag
VD76477,000124B –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-5-2
101008
PN=255
Travel Speeds
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L-24
rear tires:
Item
Measurement
Specification
1 Forward
Speed
5.7 km/hr
3.5 mph
2 Forward
Speed
10.5 km/hr
6.5 mph
3 Forward
Speed
21.3 km/hr
13.2 mph
4 Forward
Speed
35.9 km/hr
22.3 mph
1 Reverse
Speed
7.2 km/hr
4.5 mph
2 Reverse
Speed
13.2 km/hr
8.2 mph
3 Reverse (310SJ only)
Speed
21.1 km/hr
13.1 mph
Travel Speeds
NOTE: Heavily equipped machines and smaller tires may
result in slower travel speeds.
VD76477,0001150 –19–05FEB08–1/1
4-6-1
101008
PN=256
Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities
Item
Measurement
Specification
Standard Machine
Capacity
24.6 L
6.5 gal
Heater
Capacity
27 L
7.1 gal
Standard Machine
Capacity
21 L
5.5 gal
Heater
Capacity
25 L
6.6 gal
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Oil (including filter)
Capacity
13 L
3.5 gal
Torque Converter and Transmission
System
Capacity
15 L
4.0 gal
Rear Axle and Planetary Housing
Capacity
18 L
4.8 gal
MFWD Front Axle Housing
Capacity
6.5 L
1.7 gal
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing (each)
Capacity
1L
1 qt
Fuel Tank
Capacity
155 L
41 gal
Hydraulic System Reservoir
Capacity
39 L
10.2 gal
Tier 3 Engine Cooling System
Cooling System
VD76477,0001152 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-2
101008
PN=257
T115805
–UN–11JUN98
310J Specifications
VD76477,00010D9 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-3
101008
PN=258
310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change
without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick
Height
3.33 m
10 ft 11 in.
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick
Retracted
Height
3.38 m
11 ft 1 in.
Extended
Height
4.24 m
13 ft 11 in.
Distance
5.44 m
17 ft 10 in.
Retracted
Distance
5.51 m
18 ft 1 in.
Extended
Distance
6.53 m
21 ft 5 in.
Distance
6.50 m
21 ft 4 in.
Retracted
Distance
6.58 m
21 ft 7 in.
A—Loading Height, Truck Loading
Position
B—Reach from Center of Swing
Pivot
C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle
4-6-4
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–1/6
101008
PN=259
Item
Measurement
Specification
Distance
7.59 m
24 ft 11 in.
Depth
4.34 m
14 ft 3 in.
Retracted
Depth
4.39 m
14 ft 5 in.
Extended
Depth
5.46 m
17 ft 11 in.
Distance
4.32 m
14 ft 2 in.
Retracted
Distance
4.37 m
14 ft 4 in.
Extended
Distance
5.44 m
17 ft 10 in.
Distance
3.96 m
13 ft 0 in.
Retracted
Distance
4.06 m
13 ft 4 in.
Extended
Distance
5.18 m
17 ft 0 in.
Distance
305 mm
12 in.
Extended
D—Maximum Digging Depth
E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm
(2 ft) Flat Bottom
F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm
(8 ft) Flat Bottom
G—Ground Clearance Minimum
Ground Clearance Minimum
4-6-5
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–2/6
101008
PN=260
Item
Measurement
Specification
Rotation
190°
Height
3.43 m
11 ft 3 in.
Length
7.09 m
23 ft 3 in.
Width
2.18 m
7 ft 2 in.
Width
3.10 m
10 ft 2 in.
Width
3.53 m
11 ft 7 in.
Width
2.08 m
6 ft 10 in.
H—Bucket Rotation
Bucket Rotation
I—Transport Height
J—Overall Length, Transport
Backhoe
K—Stabilizer Width, Transport with
ROPS
Backhoe
L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating
Backhoe
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread
(Less Loader Bucket)
Backhoe
N—Width Over Tires
Backhoe
O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top
Backhoe
Height
2.74 m
9 ft 0 in.
4-6-6
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–3/6
101008
PN=261
Item
Measurement
Specification
Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3)
Length
2.03 m
6 ft 8 in.
Length
2.03 m
6 ft 8 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3
(1.25 yd3)
Length
2.18 m
7 ft 2 in.
Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3)
Length
2.15 m
7 ft 1 in.
Length
2.20 m
7 ft 3 in.
Non-Powered Front Axle
Length
2.11 m
6 ft 11 in.
Axle
Length
2.14 m
7 ft 0 in.
Height
3.38 m
11 ft 1 in.
Clearance
2.69 m
8 ft 10 in.
Clearance
2.69 m
8 ft 10 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Clearance
2.48 m
8 ft 2 in.
P—Front Axle Centerline to Bucket
Cutting Edge
Q—Wheelbase
R—Maximum Height to Loader
Bucket Hinge Pin
Maximum Height to Loader Bucket
Hinge Pin
S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket
at 45°
4-6-7
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–4/6
101008
PN=262
Item
Measurement
Specification
Clearance
2.59 m
8 ft 6 in.
Clearance
2.59 m
8 ft 6 in.
Angle
45°
Distance
785 mm
30.9 in.
Distance
767 mm
830.2 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Distance
809 mm
31.9 in.
Distance
818 mm
32.2 in.
Distance
818 mm
32.2 in.
Angle
40°
Depth
160 mm
6.3 in.
T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump
Angle
Maximum Loader Bucket Dump
Angle
U—Reach at Full Height, Loader
Bucket at 45°
V—Loader Bucket Rollback at
Ground Level
Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground
Level
W—Dig Below Ground—Loader
Bucket Level
4-6-8
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–5/6
101008
PN=263
Item
Measurement
Specification
Depth
175 mm
6.9 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Depth
147 mm
5.8 in.
Depth
197 mm
7.8 in.
Depth
197 mm
7.8 in.
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–6/6
4-6-9
101008
PN=264
310J Backhoe Loader
without notice. Wherever applicable,
Item
specifications are in accordance with
Standards.
Measurement
Specification
Net Peak Power @ 2000 rpm
Power
84 hp
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.5 L
276 in.3
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
47%
Maximum Engine Net Torque @
1300 rpm
Torque
367 N•m
270 lb-ft
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator Rating
Amperage
90 amps
Power
79 hp
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.5 L
276 in.3
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
34%
1400 rpm
Torque
335 N•m
246 lb-ft
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator Rating
Amperage
90 amps
Tier 3 Engine—John Deere 4045HT
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—
John Deere 4045T
4-6-10
MB60223,0000015 –19–08FEB08–1/2
101008
PN=265
Item
Measurement
Specification
Rated Power @ 2000 rpm
Power
SAE gross 53 kW
71 hp
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.5 L
276 in.3
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
37%
1000 rpm
Torque
283 N•m
208 lb-ft
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator Rating
Amperage
90 amps
Engine—John Deere 4045D—
Naturally Aspirated
MB60223,0000015 –19–08FEB08–2/2
4-6-11
101008
PN=266
310J Backhoe Loader Weight
Item
Measurement
Specification
Tier 3—SAE Operating Weight
with ROPS
Weight
6295 kg
13 880 lb
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated—SAE
Operating Weight with ROPS
Weight
6258 kg
13 800 lb
Cab Added
Weight
263 kg
580 lb
MFWD with Tires Added
Weight
168 kg
370 lb
Extendible Dipperstick
Weight
200 kg
440 lb
Front Loader Coupler
Weight
286 kg
630 lb
Backhoe Bucket Coupler
Weight
59 kg
130 lb
Transporting
VD76477,0001153 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-12
101008
PN=267
310J Buckets
Width
Loader:
Heavy duty long lip
mm
Heaped Capacity
m3
(In.)
Weight
(Cu Yd)
kg
lb
2180
(86)
0.86
(1.12)
426
(940)
2180
(86)
0.86
(1.12)
426
(940)
Multipurpose
2180
(86)
0.76
(1.00)
725
(1600)
Backhoe:
mm
(in.)
m3
Width
Standard duty
Heavy duty with lift loops
Heaped Capacity
Weight
(cu ft)
kg
(lb)
457
(18)
0.13
(4.6)
118
(260)
610
(24)
0.18
(6.5)
136
(300)
305
(12)
0.11
(2.8)
109
(240)
457
(18)
0.13
(4.6)
132
(290)
610
(24)
0.18
(6.5)
1
54
(340)
762
(30)
0.25
(8.8)
172
(380)
VD76477,00010DB –19–16OCT06–1/1
Standard Dipperstick
16 5
4,859 (2204)
3,232 (1466)
3,123 (1417)
4,420 (2005)
4,968 (2253)
DIPPER
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
3
2
2,875 (1304)
2,758 (1251)
4
2,645 (1200)
2,545 (1154)
SWING PIVOT
4
8
3,002 (1362)
4,446 (2017)
7,656 (3473)
12
1
0
0
4
1
2,453 (1113)
2,366 (1073)
2,292 (1040)
NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves
side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.
2
8
2,236 (1014)
–19–09JAN07
BOOM
LIFT
3
2,223 (1008)
12
4
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
2
12
3
4
16
5
20
6
TX1015209
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,
loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.
7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
VD76477,00010DD –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-13
101008
PN=268
Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)
16 5
4,437 (2013)
12
2,867 (1300)
2,775 (1259)
4,050 (1837)
4,533 (2056)
2
2,545 (1154)
DIPPER
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
6,525
(2960)
3
8
2,662 (1207)
4,067 (1845)
4
2,432 (1103)
2,327 (1056)
2,227 (1010)
SWING PIVOT
4
1
0
0
4
1
2,136 (969)
BOOM
LIFT
2,058 (933)
1,984 (900)
2
1,931 (876)
8
–19–12DEC06
equipment.
3
1,914 (868)
12
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
12
2
3
4
16
5
20
6
TX1015210
4
7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
VD76477,00010DE –19–16OCT06–1/1
Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)
16 5
2,841 (1289)
1,966 (892)
12
1,936 (878)
2,723 (1235)
3
1,892 (858) 8
2,723 (1235)
1,844 (836)
2,858 (1296)
DIPPER
3,176 (1441)
1,792 (813) 4
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
3,919 (1778)
4
SWING PIVOT
2
1
1,740 (789)
1,697 (770) 0
0
1,653 (750)
1,614 (732) 4
1,579 (716)
1,557 (706)
1
2
8
–19–09JAN07
BOOM
LIFT
3
1,549 (703)
12
1,575 (714)
4
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
2
12
3
4
16
5
20
6
TX1015211
equipment.
7
VD76477,00010DF –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-14
101008
PN=269
T115805
–UN–11JUN98
310SJ Specifications
VD76477,00010E0 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-15
101008
PN=270
310SJ Backhoe Loader Dimensions
without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Height
3.43 m
11 ft 3 in.
Retracted
Height
3.43 m
11 ft 3 in.
Extended
Height
4.29 m
14 ft 1 in.
Distance
5.56 m
18 ft 3 in.
Retracted
Distance
5.66 m
18 ft 7 in.
Extended
Distance
6.68 m
21 ft 11 in.
Distance
6.63 m
21 ft 9 in.
Retracted
Distance
6.73 m
22 ft 1 in.
A—Loading Height, Truck Loading
Position
B—Reach from Center of Swing
Pivot
C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle
4-6-16
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–1/6
101008
PN=271
Item
Measurement
Specification
Distance
7.72 m
25 ft 4 in.
Depth
4.42 m
14 ft 6 in.
Retracted
Depth
4.55 m
14 ft 11 in.
Extended
Depth
5.61 m
18 ft 5 in.
Distance
4.37 m
14 ft 4 in.
Retracted
Distance
4.50 m
14 ft 9 in.
Extended
Distance
5.56 m
18 ft 3 in.
Distance
4.06 m
13 ft 4 in.
Retracted
Distance
4.19 m
13 ft 9 in.
Extended
Distance
5.33 m
17 ft 6 in.
Clearance
330 mm
13 in.
Extended
D—Maximum Digging Depth
E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm
(2 ft) Flat Bottom
F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm
(8 ft) Flat Bottom
G—Ground Clearance Minimum
Ground Clearance Minimum
4-6-17
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–2/6
101008
PN=272
Item
Measurement
Specification
Rotation
190°
Height
3.51 m
11 ft 6 in.
Retracted
Height
3.48 m
11 ft 5 in.
Length
7.16 m
23 ft 6 in.
Width
2.18 m
7 ft 2 in.
Width
3.10 m
10 ft 2 in.
Width
3.53 m
11 ft 7 in.
Width
2.18 m
7 ft 2 in.
H—Bucket Rotation
Bucket Rotation
I—Transport Height
J—Overall Length, Transport
Backhoe
K—Stabilizer Width, Transport
Backhoe
L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating
Backhoe
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread
(Less Loader Bucket)
Backhoe
N—Width Over Tires
Backhoe
4-6-18
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–3/6
101008
PN=273
Item
Measurement
Specification
O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top
Backhoe
Height
2.79 m
9 ft 2 in.
Length
2.03 m
6 ft 8 in.
Length
2.03 m
6 ft 8 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Length
2.18 m
7 ft 2 in.
Length
2.03 m
6 ft 8 in.
Length
2.20 m
7 ft 3 in.
Length
2.15 m
7 ft 1 in.
Non-Powered Front Axle
Length
2.11 m
6 ft 11 in.
Length
2.14 m
7 ft 0 in.
Height
3.4 m
11 ft 2 in.
P—Front Axle Centerline to Bucket
Cutting Edge
Q—Wheelbase
R—Maximum Height to Loader
Bucket Hinge Pin
Maximum Height to Loader Bucket
Hinge Pin
4-6-19
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–4/6
101008
PN=274
Item
Measurement
Specification
Clearance
2.69 m
8 ft 10 in.
Clearance
2.69 m
8 ft 10 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Clearance
2.48 m
8 ft 2 in.
Clearance
2.64 m
8 ft 8 in.
Clearance
2.62 m
8 ft 7 in.
Clearance
2.62 m
8 ft 7 in.
Angle
45°
Distance
785 mm
30.9 in.
Distance
767 mm
30.2 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Distance
911 mm
35.9 in.
Distance
765 mm
30.1 in.
Distance
818 mm
32.2 in.
S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket
at 45°
T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump
Angle
Maximum Loader Bucket Dump
Angle
U—Reach at Full Height, Loader
Bucket at 45°
4-6-20
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–5/6
101008
PN=275
Item
Measurement
Specification
Distance
818 mm
32.2 in.
Angle
40°
Depth
160 mm
6.3 in.
Depth
175 mm
6.9 in.
(1.25 yd3)
Depth
147 mm
5.8 in.
Depth
206 mm
8.1 in.
Depth
185 mm
7.3 in.
Depth
185 mm
7.3 in.
V—Loader Bucket Rollback at
Ground Level
Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground
Level
W—Dig Below Ground—Loader
Bucket Level
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–6/6
4-6-21
101008
PN=276
310SJ Backhoe Loader
without notice. Wherever applicable,
Item
specifications are in accordance with
Standards.
Measurement
Specification
Power
93 hp
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.52 L
276 in.3
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
47%
14300 rpm
Torque
392 N•m
288 lb-ft
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator Rating
Amperage
90 amps
Power
92 hp
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.52 L (276 in.3)
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
43%
1400 rpm
Torque
374 N•m (275 lb-ft)
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator
Amperage
65 amps
Alternator Rating
Amperage
90 amps
Tier 3 Engine—John Deere 4045T
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—
John Deere 4045T
VD76477,00010E2 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-22
101008
PN=277
310SJ Backhoe Loader Weight
Item
Measurement
Specification
Tier 3 Engine—SAE Operating
Weight with ROPS
Weight
6580 kg
14 510 lb
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated
Engines—SAE Operating Weight
with ROPS
Weight
6544 kg
14 430 lb
Cab Added
Weight
263 kg
580 lb
MFWD with Tires Added
Weight
220 kg
485 lb
Extendible Dipperstick
Weight
222 kg
490 lb
Front Loader Coupler
Weight
286 kg
630 lb
Backhoe Bucket Coupler
Weight
63 kg
138 lb
Transporting
VD76477,00011A6 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-23
101008
PN=278
310SJ Buckets
Width
Loader:
Heavy duty long lip
Multipurpose
mm
Heaped Capacity
m3
(In.)
Weight
(Cu Yd)
kg
lb
2180
(86)
0.86
(1.12)
426
(940)
2340
(92)
1.00
(1.30)
476
(1050)
2180
(86)
0.76
(1.00)
725
(1600)
2340
(92)
0.96
(1.25)
762
(1680)
Width
Heaped Capacity
3
Weight
Backhoe:
mm
(In.)
m
(Cu Ft)
kg
(lb)
Standard duty
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
159
(350)
Heavy duty with lift loops
305
(12)
0.09
(3.3)
117
(258)
457
(18)
0.14
(5.1)
151
(334)
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
180
(396)
610
(24)
0.25
(8.8)
216
(476)
762
(30)
0.28
(10.0)
202
(444)
914
(36)
0.35
(12.5)
231
(510)
457
(18)
0.14
(5.1)
164
(362)
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
192
(424)
610
(24)
0.25
(8.8)
206
(455)
762
(30)
0.28
(10.0)
215
(475)
914
(36)
0.35
(12.5)
231
(510)
Severe duty
Ditch cleaning
VD76477,00010E3 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-24
101008
PN=279
Standard Dipperstick
5,585 (2533)
12
3,745 (1699)
3,658 (1659)
5,664 (2569)
8
2
3,406 (1545)
6,609 (2998) DIPPER
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
11,389 (5166)
3
3,537 (1604)
5,785 (2624)
3,276 (1486)
4
3,154 (1431)
3,045 (1381)
SWING PIVOT
4
1
0
0
4
1
2,945 (1336)
2,854 (1295)
BOOM
LIFT
2,780 (1261)
2
8
2,723 (1235)
3
2,732 (1239)
12
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
2
12
3
16
5
4
20
6
TX1015212
4
–19–12DEC06
equipment.
16 5
7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick
VD76477,00010E4 –19–16OCT06–1/1
Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)
16 5
4,384 (1989)
12
3,119 (1415)
4,981
(2259)
5,078 (2303)
5,712 (2591)
8,334
(3780)
3,119 (1415)
3
8
3,049 (1383)
2
2,958 (1342)
DIPPER
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
4
4
2,862 (1298)
1
2,771 (1257)
2,684 (1217)
SWING PIVOT
0
0
4
1
2,606 (1182)
2,536 (1150)
2,484 (1127)
2
8
2,462 (1117)
3
2,514 (1140)
3,306 (1500)
12
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
2
12
3
4
16
5
20
6
TX1015213
4
–19–12DEC06
BOOM
LIFT
7
VD76477,00010E5 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-25
101008
PN=280
Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)
16 5
2,674 (1213)
2,184 (991) 12
2,197 (997)
2,945 (1335)
2,188 (992) 8
2,158 (979)
3,155 (1431)
3,373 (1530)
DIPPER
LIFT
WITH
BOOM
AT 65
3,691 (1674)
4,390 (1991)
2,127 (965) 4
2,092 (949)
2,053 (931) 0
4
3
2
1
0
2,023 (918)
1,997 (906) 4
1,975 (896)
1
2
1,971 (894)
8
3
1,988 (902)
2,058 (933)
12
FEET
METERS
0
0
4
1
8
2
12
3
4
16
5
20
6
TX1015214
4
–19–12DEC06
BOOM
LIFT
7
VD76477,00010E6 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-26
101008
PN=281
4-6-27
101008
PN=282
Index
Page
A
Accessory outlets, 12-volt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30
Accumulator
Ride control, checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Acid
Battery, check electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Adjustment
Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Air
Cleaner elements clean . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11, 3-3-12
Air cleaner, engine
Elements, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-4, 3-9-5
Intake hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3
Air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-17
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25
Receiver-dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Alternator
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Anti-theft security system
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11
Attachments
Adding safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Operating safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Axle
Front, non-powered
Lubricate oscillating pivot and steering
pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-8
Lubricate wheel bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-14
MFWD
Change oil, housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3
Change oil, planetary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2
Check oil, housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Check oil, planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Lubricate drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Lubricate oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Rear
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Operating differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Axles
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
B
Backhoe
Adjustment
Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2
Page
Boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque . . . . . . 3-8-3
Auxiliary hydraulic function
Adjusting flow control valve . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Auxiliary hydraulic functions
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Bucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Counterweights
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Lubricate
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Operating
Auxiliary hydraulic functions. . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Auxiliary hydraulic selective flow . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
ISO excavator two-lever controls . . . . . . . 2-2-18
John Deere two-lever controls . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14
Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Swing lock pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Stabilizers
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Reversing feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Backhoe coupler
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3
Backhoe Loader
Weight
310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
Backover accidents
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4
Ballast
Counterweights, front of frame . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Batteries
Booster batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
Using battery charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12
Battery
Acid
Burns from battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Explosions, prevent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Handling, checking, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Index-1
101008
PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Bleeding service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35
Boom
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Boom lock
Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
Brake
Park brake
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-34
Service brake
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35
Inspection, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Break-in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1
Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Breather, fuel
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3
Bucket
Backhoe
Installing teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Front loader
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Bucket specification
310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24
Bulb replacement, halogen lights . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23
Steering console
Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29
Coolant
Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Cooling system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9, 4-1-10
Service safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Counterweights
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Coupler, backhoe
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Coupler, loader
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Coupler, Loader
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-13
Cylinder service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
D
C
Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Capacities
Drain and refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2
Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Chemical products
Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Codes
Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Cold weather
Machine warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6
Controls
Backhoe, ISO excavator two-lever
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Backhoe, John Deere two-lever
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Decals
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Defroster controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25
Diagnostic trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Messages, standard display monitor
(SDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Diesel fuel conditioner
Low sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Dimensions
310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-16
Dipperstick, extendible
Lock
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Index-2
101008
PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Driving
Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29
Driving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-11
Dust unloader vlave
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Extendible dipperstick
Lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Extendible dipperstick w/ attachments
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
E
F
Electrical
Accessory outlets, 12-volt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Element
Primary
Cleaning and inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Secondary
Inspecting and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Emergencies
Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Enable/disable switch
Pilot control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23
Engine
Air cleaner dust unloader valve, clean. . . . . 3-3-10
Air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
Break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3, 3-6-1
Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2
Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Speed check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3
Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2
Valve clearance adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Engine oil
Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6
Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7
Engine speed
Control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Engine speed control knob . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24, 2-2-13
Equipment, protective
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Feet, stabilizer
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Filter
Cab air
Clean and replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Engine air cleaner
Dust unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-4, 3-9-5
Engine oil
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Fuel
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5, 3-8-6
Hydraulic
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Fires, prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Fluid sample
Taking samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25
Front loader
Boom service lock
Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Ride control
Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Front wheel drive
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Filter
Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5, 3-8-6
Handling and storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Tank
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Fuel breather
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Fumes, exhaust
Beware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Index-3
101008
PN=3
Index
Page
Page
Fuses
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Backhoe auxiliary functions
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Backhoe auxiliary selective flow
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Oil
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Filter, replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Reservoir
Breather, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3
Fill screen, inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-13
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Hydraulic pressure
Pilot control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
G
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission and torque converter oil
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Grease
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Axle
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-14
Axle, non-powered front
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8
Backhoe
Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Coupler, loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . . 3-1-10
Front loader
Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4
Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Ground speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
H
Hand trottle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Handholds
Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Hazards
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25
High-pressure oils
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Horn button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20, 2-1-25
Hose
Crankcase ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2
Engine air intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3
Radiator upper and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Hydraulic
Backhoe auxiliary function
Flow control valve adjustment . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
I
Indicator
Engine air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Engine alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Hydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Injection
Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Instructions, follow
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Instrument
Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2
J
JDLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laptop connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JDLink in-line fuse
Unswitched power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Job timer
Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index-4
4-1-18
4-1-19
4-1-19
2-1-19
4-1-14
101008
PN=4
Index
Page
L
Lever
Steering wheel tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29
Levers and pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33
Lifting capacities
310J
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
Standard dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
310SJ
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25, 4-6-26
Standard dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Loader
Boom service lock
Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Ride control
Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Loader backhoe
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Loader coupler
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Lowering boom
Without electrical power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Lubricants
Lubricate
Axle
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-14
Axle, non-powered front
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8
Backhoe
Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Coupler, loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Front loader
Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4
Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
M
Machine
Maintenance, preparation for. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Page
Warm-up
Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Normal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Machine modifications
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Machine movement
Unintended
Prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2
Machine tipover
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Machine, inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Main menu
Maintenance
Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Mechanical front wheel drive
MFWD
Lubricate
Change axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3
Change planetary housing oil . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2
Check axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Check planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Oscillating pivot and universal joints . . . . . 3-4-9
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32
MFWD front axle housing
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2
Monitor
Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Engine air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Engine alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Engine oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Fuel level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . 2-1-3
Job timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-19
Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Normal display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Seat belt/park brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Standard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission and torque converter oil temperature
gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Monitor functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Monitor options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-18
Motor service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Index-5
101008
PN=5
Index
Page
N
Non-regulated engine
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Normal display
O
Oil
Change
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2
Planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Transmission and torque converter . . . . . . 3-9-7
Level
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1
MFWD housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Level, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Specification
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Operating
Use Special Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Operating backhoe coupler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Operating loader coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Operating tips
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33
Operation qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Operator convenience features. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1
P
Park brake
Check operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-34
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Park brake switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2
Page
Parking
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34
Parts, moving
Stay clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Pattern select switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Pedal
Sixth-function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Pedals and levers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Pilot controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Pilot control enable/disable switch . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23
Pilot control system
Discharge hydraulic pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Pilot control wrist rest
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
Pilot controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Adjusting wrist rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
Pins, metal
Drive safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Planetary housing
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Prevent unintended detonation of explosive
devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7
Pump
Service of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
R
Rear axle housing
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Receiver-dryer
Check sight glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Recognize
Safety, information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Relays
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-11
Ride control
Checking accumulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Riders
Keep off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4
Right side console
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Roads
Operating or traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Index-6
101008
PN=6
Index
Page
Page
ROPS
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7
Keep properly installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41
Maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7
Service intervals
Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7
Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Sixth-function pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Specification
Backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt
torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3
Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41
Oil
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Oil, differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . 3-1-9
Oil, park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Wheel fastener torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15
Specifications
310J . . . . . . . . 4-6-3, 4-6-4, 4-6-10, 4-6-13, 4-6-14
310SJ . . . . . 4-6-16, 4-6-22, 4-6-24, 4-6-25, 4-6-26
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Engine speed control linkage adjustment . . 4-1-38
Stabilizers
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14
Reversing feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Standard Display Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Standard display monitor . . . . . 2-1-2, 2-1-18, 2-1-19
Standard display monitor (SDM)
Diagnostic trouble codes popup
messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6
Starting system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4
STC fitting
Service recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-37
Steering
Toe-in, check and adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-39
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
Steps
Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Storage
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3
Storing fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Swing Lock Pin
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Switch
Air suspension seat height adjustment . . . . 2-1-21
S
Safety
Instructions, follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Operator’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Park and prepare for service safely. . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Backhoe coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3
Safety, information
Recognize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Sample test ports
Fluid sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25
Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Seat
Air suspension
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27
Switch, height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21
Mechanical suspension
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27
Seat belt
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Use and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Secondary and primary element
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Security system, anti-theft
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11
Serial number
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Service
Control valves, cylinders, pumps, and
motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Ride control, discharge pressure. . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Service brake
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Index-7
101008
PN=7
Index
Page
Page
Defroster, heater, and air conditioner . . . . . 2-1-21,
2-1-25
Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Locations, steering console. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . 2-2-32
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Engine air cleaner dust unloader, clean . . . 3-3-10
Hydraulic control valve service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2
T
Teeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4
Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3
Toe-in
Check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-39
Toolbox
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Torque converter
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-7
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36
Transmissioin
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-7
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Transporting
On a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36
Travel speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Traveling
On public roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Troubleshooting
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Troubleshooting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
W
Warm-up
Machine, cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Machine, normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Waste
Dispose of properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Water separator
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9
Weight
Backhoe Loader
310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29
Welding repairs
Make safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Windows
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Side, secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Work site hazards
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Wrist rest
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
12-volt accessory outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30
3-way coolant test kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
V
Valve
Backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function flow
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Index-8
101008
PN=8

John Deere 310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders

Transcription

Similar documents

FD620D

G8.3 And GTA8.3. - Cummins Engines

Dual Port, Four Barrel, Aluminium lnlet Manifold. Crane Cam and

MOTORUP XTREME 800 Engine Treatment PDF

automotive features in a compact package.

World Wide Web 1 Basics - the Greenville Public Library

the Honda BF5 sales sheet

engines - Yamaha

the Honda BF50 sales sheet

The Holset VG Turbocharger